Denon AVR-2808CI User Manual

Download

AV SURROUND RECEIVER

AVR-2808CI

Owner’s Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

FIGURE A

EXAMPL E OF ANTENN A GROUNDING

AS PER NATIONAL ELECTR ICAL CODE

"/5&//"

-&"%*/ 8*3&

(306/% $-".1

&-&$53* $ 4&37*$& &26*1.& /5

"/5&//" %*4$)"3 (&6/*5 /&$4&$5 *0/ 

(306/%* /($0/%6$ 5034 /&$4&$5 *0/ 

(306/%$- ".14

108&34&3 7*$&(306 /%*/( &-&$530 %&4:45&. /&$"35 1"35)

/&$/"5*0 /"-&-&$5 3*$"-$0% &

CAUTION:

TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

WARNING:

TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.

The lightning ﬂash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be of sufﬁcient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons.

The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

1. Read Instructions – All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the product is operated.

2. Retain Instructions – The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.

3. Heed Warnings – All warnings on the product and in the operating instructions should be adhered to.

4. Follow Instructions – All operating and use instructions should be followed.

5. Cleaning – Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners.

6. Attachments – Do not use attachments not recommended by the product manufacturer as they may cause hazards.

7. Water and Moisture – Do not use this product near water – for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub; in a wet basement; or near a swimming pool; and the like.

8. Accessories – Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The product may fall, causing serious injury to a child or adult, and serious damage to the product. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer, or sold with the product. Any mounting of the product should

follow the manufacturer’s instructions, and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer.

9. A product and cart combination should be moved

with care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the product and cart combination to overturn.

10. Ventilation – Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation and to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating, and these openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This product should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to.

11. Power Sources – This product should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your home, consult your product dealer or local power company. For products intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions.

12. Grounding or Polarization – This product may be equipped with a polarized alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other). This plug will ﬁt into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to ﬁt, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug.

13. Power-Cord Protection – Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the product.

15. Outdoor Antenna Grounding – If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. See Figure A.

16. Lightning – For added protection for this product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product due to lightning and power-line surges.

17. Power Lines – An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits as contact with them might be fatal.

18. Overloading – Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords, or integral convenience receptacles as this can result in a risk of ﬁre or electric shock.

19. Object and Liquid Entry – Never push objects of any kind into this product through openings as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that could result in a ﬁre or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the product.

20. Ser vicing – Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel.

21. Damage Requiring Service – Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualiﬁed service personnel under the following conditions:

a) When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged, b) If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the product, c) If the product has been exposed to rain or water, d) If the product does not operate normally by following the operating

instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualiﬁed technician to

restore the product to its normal operation, e) If the product has been dropped or damaged in any way, and f) When the product exhibits a distinct change in performance – this

indicates a need for service.

22. Replacement Parts – When replacement parts are required, be sure the

service technician has used replacement parts speciﬁed by the manufacturer or have the same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in ﬁre, electric shock, or other hazards.

23. Safety Check – Upon completion of any service or repairs to this product,

ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the product is in proper operating condition.

24. Wall or Ceiling Mounting – The product should be mounted to a wall or

ceiling only as recommended by the manufacturer.

25. Heat – The product should be situated away from heat sources such as

radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including ampliﬁers) that produce heat.

FCC INFORMATION (For US customers)

1. PRODUCT

This product complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this

product may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this product must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

2. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS PRODUCT

This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements.

Modiﬁcation not expressly approved by DENON may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product.

3. NOTE

This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15

of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.

This product generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance

with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this product does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the product OFF and ON, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the product into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

NOTE ON USE / OBSERVATIONS RELATIVES A L’UTILISATION

• Do not let foreign objects into the unit.

• Ne pas laisser des objets étrangers dans l’appareil.

• Do not let insecticides, benzene, and thinner come in contact with the unit.

• Ne pas mettre en contact des insecticides, du benzène et un diluant avec l’appareil.

• Avoid high temperatures. Allow for sufﬁcient heat dispersion when installed in a rack.

• Eviter des températures élevées.

Tenir compte d’une dispersion de chaleur

sufﬁsante lors de l’installation sur une étagère.

• Keep the unit free from moisture, water, and dust.

• Protéger l’appareil contre l’humidité, l’eau et la poussière.

• Unplug the power cord when not using the unit for long periods of time.

• Débrancher le cordon d’alimentation lorsque l’appareil n’est pas utilisé pendant de longues périodes.

• Handle the power cord carefully. Hold the plug when unplugging the cord.

• Manipuler le cordon d’alimentation avec précaution.

Tenir la prise lors du débranchement du

cordon.

* (For apparatuses with ventilation holes)

• Do not obstruct the ventilation holes.

• Ne pas obstruer les trous d’aération.

• Never disassemble or modify the unit in any way.

• Ne jamais démonter ou modiﬁer l’appareil d’une manière ou d’une autre.

Contents

Getting Started Accessories ······················································································2

Cautions on Handling ····································································· 3 Cautions on Installation ·································································3 About the Remote Control Unit ····················································3

Inserting the Batteries ····································································3 Operating Range of the Remote Control Unit ································ 3

Part Names and Functions ·····························································4

Front Panel ····················································································· 4 Display ···························································································4 Rear Panel ······················································································5 Remote Control Unit ······································································ 6

Connections Preparations ····················································································7

Cables Used for Connections ························································7 Video Conversion Function ····························································· 8 On-Screen Display for Component Video Outputs and HDMI Output ·················································································8

Speaker Connections ·····································································9

Speaker Installation ········································································9 Speaker Connections ······························································· 9, 10

Connecting Equipment with HDMI connectors ························· 11 Connecting the Monitor ······························································· 12 Connecting the Playback Components ······································ 12

DVD Player ··················································································· 12 Record Player ··············································································· 13 CD Player ····················································································· 13 iPod® ···························································································· 14 TV/CABLE Tuner ··········································································· 14 Satellite Receiver ········································································· 15

Connecting the Recording Components ···································· 15

Digital Video Recorder ·································································· 15 Video Cassette Recorder ····························································· 16 CD Recorder / MD Recorder / Tape Deck ····································· 16

Connections to Other Devices ····················································· 17

Video Camera / Game Console ···················································· 17 Component with Multi-channel Output connectors ····················· 17 External Power Ampliﬁer ······························································ 17 XM connector ··············································································18 Antenna terminals ······································································· 18 Multi-zone ···················································································· 19 External Controller ·······································································19

Connecting the Power Cord·························································20 Once Connections are Completed ··············································20

Menu Operations Operations ····················································································· 20

Example of Display of Default Values ········································· 21 Examples of On-screen Display and Front Display ····················21 Menu Map ·····················································································22

Auto Setup Preparations ··················································································23

Auto Setup ····················································································24

a Start Menu ·············································································· 24 Error Messages ······································································· 25 s

Option ····················································································· 25

Parameter Check ·····································································25

Manual Setup Speaker Setup···············································································26

a Speaker Conﬁguration ·····························································26 s Subwoofer Setup ···································································· 26 d Distance ············································································ 26, 27 f Channel Level··········································································27 g Crossover Frequency ······························································ 27

HDMI Setup ···················································································27

a HDMI Audio Setup ··································································27 s HDMI Video Setup ·································································· 28

Audio Setup ··················································································28

a EXT. IN Subwoofer Level ························································· 28 s 2ch Direct/Stereo ······························································ 28, 29 d Dolby Digital Setup ·································································29 f Auto Surround Mode ······························································29 g Manual EQ ··············································································29

Zone Setup ····················································································30

a ZONE2 Setup ·········································································· 30 s ZONE3 Setup ·········································································· 30

Option Setup ················································································· 31

a Amp Assign ·············································································31 s Volume Control ·······································································31 d Source Delete ·········································································31 f On-Screen Display ····························································31, 32 g Quick Select Name ·································································32 h Trigger Out ··············································································32 j Remote ID Setup ····································································32 k 2Way Remote ········································································· 32 l Display ····················································································32 A0 Setup Lock ·············································································· 33

Input Setup Settings Related to Playing Input Sources ································· 34

Auto Preset ·················································································· 34 Preset Skip ···················································································34 Preset Name ················································································ 34 Input Mode ··················································································34 Rename ························································································ 34 Assign ··························································································35 iPod ························································································ 35, 36 Other ····························································································36 Antenna Aiming ···········································································36

Surround Modes Standard Playback ········································································ 36

Surround Playback of 2-channel Sources ·······························36, 37 Playing Multi-channel Sources (Dolby Digital, DTS, etc.) ·············37

DSP Simulation Playback·····························································37 Stereo Playback ············································································37 Direct Playback ·············································································37

Playback in the PURE DIRECT Mode ··········································· 38

Parameter

a Surround Parameter ··························································38 ~ 40 s Tone Control ·············································································· 40 d Room EQ ··················································································· 40 f RESTORER ················································································ 41 g Night Mode ··············································································· 41 h Audio Delay ···············································································41

Information Status ····························································································41

a Main zone ···············································································41 s ZONE2 / ZONE3 ······································································41

Audio Input Signal ········································································ 42 HDMI Information ·········································································42

a HDMI Signal Information ························································42 s HDMI Monitor Information ·····················································42

Auto Surround Mode ···································································· 42 Quick Select ··················································································42 Preset Station ···············································································42



r t u

Playback Preparations ··················································································43

Turning the Power On ··································································43 Selecting the input source ···························································43 Operations During Playback ·························································43

Playing Video and Audio Equipment ···········································44

Basic Operation ············································································ 44

Listening to FM/AM Broadcasts ·················································44

Basic Operation ············································································ 44 Presetting Radio Stations (Preset Memory) ································· 44 Listening to Preset Stations ·························································44

Listening to XM Satellite Radio Programs ·································45

Basic Operation ············································································ 45 Checking the XM Signal Strength and Radio ID ··························· 46 Searching Categories ··································································· 46 Accessing XM Radio Stations Directly ·········································46

iPod® Playback ············································································· 47

Basic Operation ············································································ 47 Listening to Music ··································································47, 48 Viewing Still Pictures or Videos on the iPod ································· 48

Other Operations and Functions Other Operations ··········································································48

Playing Super Audio CDs ·····························································48 Recording on an External Device (REC OUT mode) ·····················49

Convenient Functions ··································································50

Channel Level ···············································································50 Fader Function ·············································································50 Quick Select Function ··································································50 Personal Memory Plus Function ·················································· 50 Last Function Memory ·································································50 Backup Memory ··········································································· 50 Resetting the Microprocessor ······················································50

Remote Control Unit Operations Main Remote Control Unit···························································51

Operating DENON Audio Components ········································ 51 Presetting ····················································································· 51 Operating Preset Components ············································51 ~ 53 Setting the Remote ID ································································· 54 Learning Function ·········································································54 System Call Function ···································································· 55 Punch Through Function ·······························································55 Setting the Time the Backlight Stays Lit ······································· 55 Adjusting the Backlight’s Brightness ············································56 Resetting the Main Remote Control Unit ·····································56

Sub Remote Control Unit Operations ········································56

Amp Assign / Multi-zone Connections and Operations Multi-zone Settings with the Amp Assign Function ·········57 ~ 59

Multi-zone Settings and Operations with Zone Pre-out Output ···· 59 Multi-zone Operations ·································································60

Turning the Power On and Off······················································60 Selecting the Input Source ··························································· 60 Adjusting the Volume ··································································· 60 Turning off the Sound Temporarily ················································60

Other Information ································································ 61 ~ 69

Troubleshooting ···································································70 ~ 72

Speciﬁcations ··············································································· 73

List of preset codes ··········································· End of this manual

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Getting Started

Thank you for purchasing this DENON product. To ensure proper operation, please read these owner’s manual carefully before using the product. After reading them, be sure to keep them for future reference.

Accessories

Check that the following parts are supplied with the product.

q Owner’s manual ...................................................................... 1

w Warranty (for North America model only) ................................ 1

e Service station list ...................................................................1

r Power cord (Cord length: Approx. 7-31/64 ft /1.9 m) ................ 1

t Main remote control (RC-1068) ............................................... 1

y LR6/AA batteries (for RC-1068) ................................................ 2

u Sub remote control (RC-1071) ................................................. 1

i R03/AAA batteries (for RC-1071) .............................................2

o FM indoor antenna ..................................................................1

Q0 AM loop antenna ..................................................................... 1

Q1 Setup microphone (Cord length: Approx. 25 ft / 7.6 m) ............ 1



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Cautions on Handling

• Before turning the power switch on

Check once again that all connections are correct and that there are

no problems with the connection cables.

•

Power is supplied to some of the circuitry even when the unit is set to the standby mode. When traveling or leaving home for long periods of time, be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet.

• About condensation

If there is a major difference in temperature between the inside of

the unit and the surroundings, condensation (dew) may form on the operating parts inside the unit, causing the unit not to operate properly.

If this happens, let the unit sit for an hour or two with the power

turned off and wait until there is little difference in temperature before using the unit.

• Cautions on using mobile phones

Using a mobile phone near this unit may result in noise. If so, move

the mobile phone away from this unit when it is in use.

• Moving the unit

Turn off the power and unplug the power cord from the power

outlet.

Next, disconnect the connection cables to other system units before

moving the unit.

•

Note that the illustrations in these instructions may differ from the actual unit for explanation purposes.

About the Remote Control Unit

In addition to the AVR-2808CI, the included main remote control unit (RC-1068) can also be used to operate the equipment listed below.

q DENON system components w Non-DENON system components

• By setting the preset memory (vpage 51 ~ 53)

• By using the learn function (vpage 54)

Inserting the Batteries

q Lift the clasp and remove the rear lid.

(RC-1068) (RC-1071)

w Load the two batteries properly as indicated by the marks in the

battery compartment.

(RC-1068) (RC-1071)

R03/AAA

LR6/AA

NOTE

• Replace the batteries with new ones if the set does not operate even when the remote control unit is operated close to the unit.

• The supplied batteries are only for verifying operation.

• When inserting the batteries, be sure to do so in the proper direction, following the “q” and “w” marks in the battery compartment.

• To prevent damage or leakage of battery ﬂuid:

• Do not use a new battery together with an old one.

• Do not use two different types of batteries.

• Do not attempt to charge dry batteries.

• Do not short-circuit, disassemble, heat or dispose of batteries in

ﬂames.

• If the battery ﬂuid should leak, carefully wipe the ﬂuid off the inside of the battery compartment and insert new batteries.

• Remove the batteries from the remote control unit if it will not be in use for long periods.

• When replacing the batteries, have the new batteries ready and insert them as quickly as possible.

Operating Range of the Remote Control Unit

Point the remote control unit at the remote sensor when operating it.

Cautions on Installation

Note: For proper heat dispersal, do not install this unit in a conﬁned space, such as a bookcase or similar enclosure.

b Note



Wall

e Put the rear cover back on.

(RC-1071)

30°

Approx. 23 feet / 7 m

(RC-1068)

NOTE

The set may function improperly or the remote control unit may not operate if the remote control sensor is exposed to direct sunlight, strong artiﬁcial light from an inverter type ﬂuorescent lamp or infrared light.

q w e r

to i u y

Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3

yQ5Q6 uo

iQ0

Q1Q2Q3Q4

wq e r

Part Names and Functions

E4 E3 E2 E1 E0 W9 W8 W7 W6 W5 W4 W3

Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 W0 W1 W2

For buttons not explained here, see the page indicated in parentheses ( ).

Front Panel

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Display

GWith the door openH

q Power operation button

(ON/STANDBY) ···········································(43)

w Power indicator ··········································· (43) e Power switch (hON jOFF) ····················· (43) r QUICK SELECT buttons / indicators ········· (50) t MASTER VOLUME control knob ················ (43) y Master volume indicator u Display i Remote control sensor ································· (3) o SOURCE SELECT knob······························· (43) Q0 SOURCE button ·········································· (43) Q1 TUNING PRESET button ···························· (44) Q2 ZONE2/3 / REC SELECT button ··········(49, 60) Q3 VIDEO SELECT button ·······························(35)

Q4 Headphones jack (PHONES) ······················ (43) Q5 ZONE2 ON/OFF button ······························ (60) Q6 ZONE3 ON/OFF button ······························ (60) Q7 INPUT MODE button ·································· (34) Q8 MENU button ·············································· (20) Q9 Cursor buttons (uio p) ·························· (20) W0 CH SEL / ENTER button ······················· (20, 50) W1 RETURN button ·········································· (20) W2 V.AUX INPUT connectors ··························· (17) W3 SETUP MIC jack ·········································· (23) W4 ROOM EQ button ········································ (40) W5 DIMMER button ·········································· (32) W6 SPEAKER button ········································· (43) W7 SURROUND BACK button ························· (40) W8 STATUS button ···········································(42) W9 AUDIO DELAY button ································· (41) E0 RESTORER button ······································ (41) E1 DIRECT/STEREO button·····························(37) E2 PURE DIRECT button ·································· (38) E3 DSP SIMULATION button ·························· (37) E4 STANDARD button ·····································(36)

q Input signal indicators w Input signal channel indicators

These light when digital signals are input.

e Information display

The input source name, surround mode, setting

values and other information are displayed here.

r Output signal channel indicators t Front speaker indicator

These light according to the settings of the front

A and B speakers.

y Master volume indicator u AUDYSSEY MULTEQ XT indicator

This lights when the room equalizer is selected.

i Recording output source indicator

This lights when the REC OUT mode is

selected.

o NIGHT indicator

This lights when the night mode is selected.

Q0 Multi-zone indicators

These light when the power for the respective

zone is turned on.

Q1 RESTORER indicator

This lights when the RESTORER mode is

selected.

Q2 AL24 indicator

This lights when AL24 Processing Plus is

activated (vpage 63).

Q3 Input mode indicators Q4 HDMI indicator

This lights when playing using HDMI

connections.

Q5 Decoder indicators

These light when the respective decoders are

operating.

Q6 Tuner reception mode indicators

These light according to the reception conditions

when the input source is set to “TUNER”.

• AUTO

These light when in the auto tuning mode.

• STEREO

In the FM mode, these light when receiving analog stereo broadcasts.

• TUNED

Lights when the broadcast is properly tuned in.



q w

Q4 Q5

e r t y

u i

oQ0Q1Q2Q3

Q6 Q7 Q6

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Rear Panel

q RS-232C connector ····································· (19) w REMOTE CONTROL jacks··························· (19) e TRIGGER OUT jacks ··································· (19) r DOCK CONTROL jack ································· (14) t Speaker terminals (SPEAKERS) ·················· (9) y SIGNAL GND terminal ······························· (13) u AC inlet (AC IN) ··········································· (20)



i AC OUTLETS ··············································· (20) o Digital audio connectors

(OPTICAL / COAXIAL) ·························· (12, 15)

Q0 COMPONENT VIDEO connectors ·············· (12) Q1 XM connector (SAT TU) ······························ (18) Q2 HDMI connectors ·········································(11) Q3 VIDEO / S-VIDEO connectors ···················· (12)

Q4 Analog audio connectors (AUDIO) ············ (12) Q5 FM/AM antenna terminals

(TUNER ANTENNA) ···································· (18)

Q6 PRE OUT connectors ····························· (17, 19) Q7 EXT. IN connectors ····································· (17)

t y u

Q6 Q7

Q2 Q3

Remote Control Unit

n Main remote control unit (RC-1068) n Sub remote control unit (RC-1071)

q Signal transmission indicator ···················(51) w Mode select buttons ··································(51) e Quick select / System call buttons ·····(50, 55) r Surround mode buttons ····················(36 ~ 38) t System buttons ···································· (52, 53) y Audio delay button (A. DL) ························(41) u Tuner system buttons ································ (44) i Input mode button (INPUT) ······················· (34) o MENU button ·············································· (20) Q0 Cursor buttons (uio p) ························· (20) Q1 Parameter / Search button

(PARA / SRCH) ································ (38, 46, 48)

Q2 HOME button ·············································· (51) Q3 Channel buttons (CH) ································· (44) Q4 Input source select / Number buttons ·· (43, 44) Q5 Remote control signal transmitter ·············· (3) Q6 Device select indicators (DEV1 / DEV2) ···(51) Q7 ZONE3 select indicators (Z3) ····················· (51) Q8 RESTORER button (RSTR) ·························· (41) Q9 Night button (NGT) ···································· (41) W0 Test tone button (TEST) ····························· (27) W1 Front speaker select button (SPKR) ·········· (43) W2 POWER buttons ·········································· (43) W3 Channel select (CH SEL) /

ENTER button ······································· (20, 50)

W4 Return button (RTN) ··································· (20) W5 Master volume control buttons (VOL) ······(43) W6 Muting button (MUTE) ························· (43, 60) W7 Main remote control unit setup button

(RC SETUP) ················································· (51)

The time for which the backlight stays on can be changed (vpage 55 “Setting the Time the Backlight Stays Lit”).

NOTE

• The M. SEL, DTU, NET/USB buttons cannot be

used.

• The NET/DTU and ZONE2 mode QUICK SELECT (1

~ 3), A. DL, RSTR, NGT, INPUT, SPKR, TEST and

surround mode buttons cannot be used.

• The ZONE4 mode cannot be used.

q Remote control signal transmitter ·············· (3) w Zone power off button (OFF) ····················· (60) e CHANNEL buttons ······································ (56) r TUNING buttons ········································· (56) t System buttons ·········································· (56) y REPEAT button ············································ (56) u RANDOM button ········································(56) i ZONE2/ZONE3 select switch ····················· (56) o Zone power on button (ON) ······················ (60) Q0 Input source select buttons ······················· (60) Q1 Volume control buttons (VOLUME) ··········(60) Q2 Muting button (MUTE) ······························· (60) Q3 SHIFT button ··············································· (56) Q4 FAVORITES DIRECT PLAY button ·············· (56)

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Preparations

Connections

Connections for all compatible audio and video signal formats are described in these operating instructions. Please select the types of connections suited for the equipment you are connecting. With some types of connections, certain settings must be made on the AVR-2808CI. For details, refer to the instructions for the respective connection items below.

NOTE

• Do not plug in the power cord until all connections have been completed.

• When making connections, also refer to the operating instructions of the other components.

• Be sure to connect the left and right channels properly (left with left, right with right).

• Do not bundle power cords together with connection cables. Doing so can result in humming or noise.

Cables Used for Connections

Select the cables according to the equipment being connected.

Audio cables Video cables

Coaxial digital connections

(Orange)

Coaxial digital (75 Ω/ohms pin-plug) cable

Optical digital connections

Optical cable

Analog connections (stereo)

(White)

(Red)

Stereo pin-plug cable

Analog connections (monaural, for subwoofer)

(Black)

Pin-plug cable

Speaker connections

Component video connections

(Green)

(Blue)

(Red)

S-Video connections

Video connections

(Yellow)

Component video cable

S-Video cable

75 Ω/ohms pin-plug video cable

Audio and video cables

HDMI connections

19-pin HDMI cable

(Y)

(PB/CB)

(PR/CR)

Speaker cables

Audio signal: Video signal:

Output

Input



Signal direction

Input

Output

Input

Output

Video Conversion Function

• This function automatically converts various formats of video signals input to the AVR-2808CI into the format used to output the video signals from the AVR-2808CI to a monitor.

• The AVR-2808CI’s video input/output circuitry is compatible with the following four types of video signals: Digital video signals: HDMI Analog video signals: Component video, S-Video and Video

GFlow of video signals inside the AVR-2808CIH

Main zone

High picture

quality playback

HDMI connector

Component video

connectors

S-Video connector

HDMI connector

Component video

connectors

S-Video connector

Monitor

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

• When not using this function, connect a monitor output with the same type of connector as the video input connector.

• The resolution of the HDMI input-compatible monitor connected to the AVR-2808CI can be checked at menu “Information” – “HDMI Signal Information” – “HDMI Monitor Information” (vpage 42).

NOTE

• HDMI signals cannot be converted into analog signals.

• 1080p component input video signals cannot be output to anything other than component video connectors.

• 480p/576p, 1080i and 720p component video input signals cannot be converted into S-Video or Video format.

On-Screen Display for Component Video Outputs and HDMI Output

• When viewing HDMI or component video signals via the AVR-2808CI, the on-screen display appears when the MENU button or the main remote control unit´s PARA button is operated.

• When only HDMI or component video signals are input to the AVR-2808CI, the characters of the onscreen display are not displayed over the picture.

ZONE2

High picture

quality playback

Video connector

Video inputs Video outputs

: When 480i/576i signals are input in the main zone

GFlow of video signals for ZONE2H

S-Video connector

Video connector Video connector

Video inputs Video outputs

Video connector

ZONE2

monitor



w qw q

(R) (L)

w qw q

(R) (L)

w q

w q w q

(L) (R)

w q w q

(L) (R)

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Speaker Connections

Speaker Installation

The illustration below shows a basic example of installation of the ampliﬁer combined with 8 speakers and a monitor.

Subwoofer Center speaker

Surround back speakers

Front speakers

Place the front speakers to the sides of the monitor or screen and as ﬂush with the screen surface as possible.

The table below shows a typical speaker conﬁguration for the AVR-2808CI.

Surround speakers

Speaker Connections

Example: 5.1-channels (FRONT A+B) and ZONE2 use

Front speakers

Center speaker Subwoofer

Subwoofer with built-in ampliﬁer

7.1-channels

(FRONT A+B)

7.1-channels

6.1-channels

5.1-channels

3.1-channels

2.1-channels 2-channels



FRONT

L R L R L R 1 only

S S S S S S S

S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

CENTER

SURROUND SURROUND BACK

–

– – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

S S

SUBWOOFER

S S S

b L : Left

R : Right

Surround speakers ZONE2 speakers

ZONE2

When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the left channel (SBL).

NOTE

By default, the AVR-2808CI’s “Amp Assign” setting is set to “ZONE2”. To use as the surround back speaker for the main zone, change the “Amp Assign” setting (vpage 31).

Connecting the Speaker Cables

Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and + (red) and – (black) polarities on the speakers being connected to the AVR-2808CI, and be sure to interconnect the channels and polarities correctly.

Peel off about 0.03 ft/10 mm of sheathing

from the tip of the speaker cable, then either twist the core wire tightly or terminate it.

Turn the speaker terminal

counterclockwise to loosen it.

Insert the speaker cable’s core wire to

the hilt into the speaker terminal.

Turn the speaker terminal clockwise to

tighten it.

When using a banana plug

Tighten the speaker terminal ﬁrmly before inserting the banana plug.

Protection circuit

If speakers with an impedance lower than speciﬁed (for example 4 Ω/ohms speakers) are used for an extended period of time with the volume turned up high, the temperature may rise, activating the protection circuit. When the protection circuit is activated, the speaker output is shut off and the power indicator ﬂashes red. If this happens, unplug the power cord, then check the speaker cable and input cable connections. If the set is extremely hot, wait for it to cool off and improve ventilation around it. Once this is done, plug the power cord back in and turn the set's power back on. If the protection circuit is activated again even though there are no problems in the ventilation around the set nor in the connections, the set may be damaged. Turn the power off, then contact a DENON service center.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

NOTE

• Use speakers with an impedance of 6 to 16 Ω/ohms. When using front A and B speakers simultaneously, use speakers with an impedance of 8 to 16 Ω/ohms.

• Connect the speaker cables in such a way that they do not stick out of the speaker terminals. The protection circuit may be activated if the core wires touch the rear panel or if the + and – sides touch each other (v “Protection circuit”).

• Never touch the speaker terminals while the power supply is connected. Doing so could result in electric shock.

0

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

)%.*

065

)%.*

Connecting Equipment with HDMI connectors

With HDMI connections, the video and audio signals can be transferred with a single cable.

MonitorDVD player

b The AVR-2808CI is equipped for HDMI version 1.3a.

This version is compatible with other versions, allowing connection to all components equipped with an HDMI connector.

b The AVR-2808CI is compatible with 30- and 36-bit Deep

Color.

Compatible

audio format

2-channel linear PCM

Multi-channel linear PCM

Dolby Digital, DTS Bitstream DVD-Video

DSD

Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, DTS-HD

Details

2ch 32-192 kHz 16/20/24 bits

8ch 32-192 kHz 16/20/24 bits

2/5.1ch

2.8224 MHz 1 bit

Bitstream

In order to play the digital video and audio signals of a DVDVideo or DVD-Audio disc using HDMI/DVI connections, both the connected DVD player and monitor must be equipped for a copyright protection system called “HDCP” (Highbandwidth Digital Content Protection). HDCP is a copy protection technology consisting of data encoding and mutual identiﬁcation of the devices. The AVR-2808CI is HDCP-compatible. For details on the DVD player or monitor you are using, refer to its operating instructions.

Discs

(examples)

CD, DVD-Video, DVD-Audio

DVD-Audio

SACD

HD DVD, Blu-ray Disc

NOTE

• Use a CPPM-compatible DVD player to play DVD-Audio discs that are copyright-protected by CPPM.

• The AVR-2808CI cannot be controlled from another device via the HDMI cable.

• The audio signals output from the HDMI connector (sampling frequency, bit rate, etc.) may be restricted by the connected device.

• Video signals are not output properly when using devices that are not HDCP-compatible.

• Video signals are not output if the input video signals do not match the monitor’s resolution. In this case, switch the DVD player’s resolution to a resolution with which the monitor is compatible.

• If the menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI Audio Setup” setting (vpage 27) is set to “AMP”, the sound may be interrupted when the monitor’s power is turned off.

• Use a cable on which the HDMI logo is indicated (a certiﬁed HDMI product) for connection to the HDMI connector. Normal playback may not be possible when using a cable other than one on which the HDMI logo is indicated (a non-HDMI-certiﬁed product).

• If the monitor or DVD player does not support deep color, deep color signal transfer is not possible.

• If the monitor or DVD player does not support xvYCC, xvYCC signal transfer is not possible.

• If the monitor does not support “Auto Lipsync Correction” function, this function will not work.

• When the AVR-2808CI and DVD player are connected using an HDMI cable, also connect the AVR-2808CI and monitor using an HDMI cable.

• If the connected monitor or DVD player only has a DVI-D connector, use an HDMI/DVI converter cable. When using a DVI cable, no audio signals are transmitted.

• Use a Deep Color compatible cable for connection to Deep Color compatible devices.

When connecting with an HDMI/DVI converter cable (adapter)

• HDMI video signals are theoretically compatible with the DVI format. When connecting to a monitor, etc., equipped with a DVI-D connector, connection is possible using an

HDMI/DVI converter cable, but depending on the combination of components in some cases the video signals will not be output.

• When connecting using an HDMI/DVI converter adapter, the video signals may not be output properly due to poor connections with the connected cable, etc.

• By default, the HDMI audio signals are output from the speakers connected to the AVR-2808CI.

• To output the sound from the TV, make the settings at menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI

Audio Setup” – “TV” (vpage 27).



Connecting the Monitor

47*%&0

7*%&0

$0.10/&/57*%&0

: 1# 13

7*%&0

)%.*

*/ */

47*%&0

065

"6%*07*%&0

$0.10/&/57*%&0

: 1# 13

7*%&0

065 065

"6%*0

$0"9*"-

065

065065

)%.*

• Connect the cables to be used (vpage 8 “Video Conversion Function”).

• With HDMI connections, the video and audio signals can be transferred with a single cable.

• To output the audio signals to the monitor with HDMI connections, set menu “Manual Setup” – “HDMI

Setup” – “HDMI Audio Setup” to “TV” (vpage 27).

Monitor

Connecting the Playback Components

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and the inputs and outputs, and be sure to interconnect correctly.

DVD Player

• Connect the cables to be used.

• With HDMI connections, the video and audio signals can be transferred with a single cable.

DVD player

NOTE

• The component video connectors may be indicated differently on your monitor. For details, see the monitor’s operating instructions.

• The audio signals output from the HDMI connectors are only the HDMI input signals.

Video-converted HDMI signals are not included in the audio signals. To play the sound by monitor, make

analog or digital audio output connections to monitor’s audio input connectors.

• Connect an HDP (High-Deﬁnition Player) in the same way.

• When using an optical cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at menu “Input Setup”

– “Assign” – “Digital In” (vpage 35).



(/%

"6%*0

065

"6%*0

$0"9*"-

065

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Record Player

CD Player

ConnectionsGetting Started Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Turntable (MM cartridge)

Connect the cables to be used.

CD player

• When connecting a record player with an MC cartridge, use a commercially available MC head ampliﬁer or a step-up transformer.

• Induction humming (a booming sound) may be produced from the speakers if the volume is raised with no record player connected.

• With some record players, noise may be generated when the ground wire is connected. If so, disconnect the ground wire.

NOTE

The AVR-2808CI’s SIGNAL GND terminal is meant to reduce noise when a record player is connected. This is not a safety ground terminal.



When using an optical cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at menu “Input Setup” – “Assign” – “Digital In” (vpage

35).

47*%&0

065

"6%*07*%&0

$0.10/&/57*%&0

: 1# 13

7*%&0

065 065

"6%*0

065

$0"9*"-

065

iPod

"4%3

"4%/8

TV/CABLE Tuner

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Use a DENON Control Dock for iPod (ASD-1R, ASD-3N or ASD-3W, sold separately) to connect the iPod to the AVR-2808CI. For instructions on the Control Dock for iPod settings, refer to the Control Dock for iPod’s operating instructions.

Example 1:

iPod

Example 2:

iPod

Connect the cables to be used.

TV tuner

• With the default settings, the iPod can be used connected to the VCR (iPod) connector.

• To assign the iPod to a connector other than VCR (iPod), make the settings at menu “Input Setup” – “(input source to which iPod dock assigned)” – “Assign” – “iPod dock” (vpage 36).

When using an optical cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at menu “Input Setup” – “Assign” – “Digital In” (vpage 35).



47*%&0

3- 3-

*/*/065

"6%*07*%&0

*/065

015*$"-

065

"6%*07*%&0

065

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

47*%&0

065

"6%*07*%&0

7*%&0

065 065

015*$"-"6%*0

065

Satellite Receiver

Connect the cables to be used.

DBS / BS tuner

Connecting the Recording Components

Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and the inputs and outputs, and be sure to interconnect correctly.

Digital Video Recorder

Connect the cables to be used.

Digital video recorder

or or

• When using a coaxial digital cable for the digital audio connection, make the settings at menu “Input Setup” – “Assign” – “Digital In” (vpage 35).

• When using a component video cable for the video connection, make the settings at menu “Input Setup” – “Assign” – “Component In” (vpage 36).



• Make analog connections if you wish to record analog audio signals.

• When recording via the AVR-2808CI, the playback device´s cable must be of the same type as the cable used to connect the AVR-2808CI´s DVR OUT connector. Example: TV IN → S-Video cable : DVR OUT → S-Video cable TV IN → Video cable : DVR OUT → Video cable

• When using a component video cable for the video connection, make the settings at menu “Input Setup” – “Assign” – “Component In” (vpage 36).

NOTE

Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVR-2808CI’s OPTICAL2 output connector to any input connector other than OPTICAL2.

3- 3-

065 */065

015*$"-

"6%*0

47*%&0

3- 3-

*/*/065

"6%*07*%&0

*/065

015*$"-

065

"6%*07*%&0

065

Video Cassette Recorder

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

CD Recorder / MD Recorder / Tape Deck

Connect the cables to be used.

Video cassette recorder

Make analog connections if you wish to record analog audio signals, or digital connections if you wish to record digital audio signals, depending on the types of connectors on the components being used.

CD recorder / MD recorder / Tape deck

• When recording via the AVR-2808CI, the playback device´s cable must be of the same type as the cable used to connect the AVR-2808CI´s VCR OUT connector. Example: TV IN → S-Video cable : VCR OUT → S-Video cable TV IN → Video cable : VCR OUT → Video cable

• When using a component video cable for the video connection, make the settings at menu “Input Setup” – “Assign” – “Component In” (vpage 36).

NOTE

Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVR-2808CI’s OPTICAL3 output connector to any input connector other than OPTICAL3.

NOTE

Do not connect the output of the component connected to the AVR-2808CI’s OPTICAL3 output connector to any input connector other than OPTICAL3.



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

47*%&0

065

"6%*07*%&0

7*%&0

065 065

015*$"-"6%*0

065

46#

800'&3

$&/5&3 463306/%

#"$,

463306/%

'30/5

"6%*0

46#

800'&3

$&/5&3 463306/%

#"$,

463306/%

'30/5

"6%*0

Connections to Other Devices

Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and the inputs and outputs, and be sure to interconnect correctly.

Video Camera / Game Console

Video camera / Game console

Component with Multi-channel Output connectors

DVD player / Super Audio CD player / External decoder

External Power Ampliﬁer

Power ampliﬁer



• To play the analog input signals input to the EXT. IN connectors, press

When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the left channel (SBL).

the INPUT MODE button on the main unit or INPUT button on the main remote control unit and select “EXT. IN” or make the settings at menu “Input Setup” – “Input Mode” – “Input Mode” – “EXT. IN” (vpage 34).

• The video signal can be connected in the same way as a DVD player

(vpage 12).

• To play copyright-protected discs, connect the AVR-2808CI’s EXT. IN connector with the DVD player’s analog multi-channel output connector.

XM connector

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Antenna terminals

• The AVR-2808CI is an XM Ready® receiver. You can receive XM® Satellite Radio by connecting to the XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock (includes home antenna, sold separately) and subscribing to the XM service.

• Plug the XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock into the XM connector on the rear panel.

• Position the Home Dock antenna near a south-facing window to receive the best signal.

For details, see “Listening to XM Satellite Radio Programs” (vpage

45, 46).

When making connections, also refer to the operating instructions of

the XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock.

XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock

An F-type FM antenna cable plug can be connected directly.

Direction of broadcasting station

FM antenna

75 Ω/ohms Coaxial cable

FM indoor antenna

(supplied)

Ground

AM loop antenna (supplied)

AM outdoor antenna

Connection of AM antennas

1. Push the lever.

2. Insert the conductor.

3. Return the lever.

NOTE

Keep the power cord unplugged until the XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock connection have been completed.

AM loop antenna assembly

Remove the vinyl tie and take out the connection line.

a. With the antenna on top of

any stable surface.

Mount

Connect to the AM antenna terminals.

Bend in the reverse direction.

b. With the antenna attached

to a wall.

Installation hole Mount on wall, etc.

NOTE

• Do not connect two FM antennas simultaneously.

• Even if an external AM antenna is used, do not disconnect the AM loop antenna.

• Make sure the AM loop antenna lead terminals do not touch metal parts of the panel.

Note to CATV system installer:

This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC which provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, speciﬁes that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.



"6%*0

*/*/

7*%&0

"6%*07*%&0

"69 065

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Multi-zone

ZONE2 or ZONE3 Pre-out Connections

• If another power ampliﬁer or pre-main (integrated) ampliﬁer is connected, the ZONE2 or ZONE3 pre-out (variable or ﬁxed level) connectors can be used to play a different program source in ZONE2 or ZONE3 the same time (vpage 57 ~ 60).

• When using an S-Video cable or a video cable for connection between the AVR-2808CI and an input device, connect to the video connectors.

• The ZONE2 video out is only for ZONE2.

Monitor (ZONE2)

Power amplier (ZONE2 or ZONE3)

External Controller

RS-232C connector

This connector is used for an external controller.

b If you wish to control the AVR-2808CI from

an external controller using the RS-232C connector, perform the operation below beforehand.

q Turn om the AVR-2808CI’s power. w Turn off the AVR-2808CI’s power from the

external controller.

e Check that the AVR-2808CI is in the standby

mode.

• When using in combination with an RF Remote Controller (RC-7000CI, sold separately) or RF Remote Receiver (RC-7001RCI, sold separately) two-way communication with an RF Remote Controller is possible.

The AVR-2808CI’s status information as well as iPod can be browsed watching the RF Remote Controller’s

display. For details, refer to the operating instructions of the respective devices.

• When used in combination with an RF Remote Controller or RF Remote Receiver, make the settings at menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “2Way Remote” – “Used” (vpage 32).

Input

Infrared retransmitter

Output

Infrared sensor

Extension jack for future use.

NOTE

• For the audio output, use high quality pin-plug cords so that no induction humming or noise is produced.

• For instructions on installing and operating separately sold devices, refer to the respective devices’ operating instructions.

• To conduct multi-zone playback, see “Amp Assign / Multi-zone Connections and Operations” (vpage 57 ~ 60).



Trigger output jacks

The power of an external device equipped with a trigger input jack can be turned on and off in association with operations on the AVR-2808CI. For details, see menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “Trigger Out” (vpage 32).

• Output: DC 12 V 150 mA MAX. Check the trigger input conditions of the connected device.

Connecting the Power Cord

uiop

ENTER

RETURN

[ AMP]

ENTER RETURN

uiop

Wait until all connections have been completed before connecting the power cord.

Connection to the AC outlets

• These outlets supply power to external audio devices.

• The power supplied from these outlets turns on and off together with the set’s power switch.

• Audio equipment with a total power consumption of 120 W (1 A) can be connected.

Power cord

(included)

To household

power outlet

(AC 120 V, 60 Hz)

Menu Operations

With the AVR-2808CI, settings and operations for most functions can be performed by operating while looking at the menus displayed on the monitor screen.

Operations

The same operation is possible on the main unit or remote control unit.

Press MENU.

The menu is displayed.

b To operate from the main remote control unit,

be sure to set the remote control unit to the AMP mode.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

NOTE

• Insert the AC plugs securely. Incomplete connections could cause noise.

• Only use the AC outlets to plug in audio devices. Do not use them as power supplies for hairdryers or anything other than audio equipment.

Once Connections are Completed

Turning the Power On (vpage 43)

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit [ ] : Buttons on the remote control unit

Button name only:

Buttons on the main unit and remote control

unit

Press ui to select the item you want

to set, then press ENTER.

Press ui again to select the item you

want to set, then press ENTER.

To change the setting:

Press ui to select the item you want

to change, then press o p to change the setting.

b To return to the previous item, press RETURN. b Select “Default Yes”, then press o to reset to

the default setting.

Press ENTER to enter the setting.

Press MENU to nish.

When MENU is pressed, the settings made up to that point are entered and the setting menu is cleared.

0

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

1.Auto Setup

2.Manual Setup

3.Input Setup

4.Parameter

5.Information

* ME N U A ut o S e t u p

* St a r t M e n u S ta r t •

* D i s t a n c e

U n i t : M e t e r • –F e e t

1-1.Start Menu

Step1:Speaker Detection

at ear height at

Front Sp. A Amp Assign Start Cancel

Please place microphone

main listening position.

3-1.Assign

Digital In : OPT1

iPod Dock : None

2-1-3.Distance

Set The Distance To

Meters : Feet

Each Speakers

Do You Prefer In Meters? / In Feet?

* As s i g n D ig i t a l : • O PT 1 –

* Re n a m e : D V D R en a m e • – C l ea r

Default

: DV

3-3.Rename

Yes

DVD

Default

: DVD-3930

3-3.Rename

Yes

DVD

* Re n a m e : D V D

• D V ¡ –

Example of Display of Default Values

In lists of selectable items or adjustable ranges, the item surrounded by a border is the default value.

Examples of On-screen Display and Front Display

Some typical examples are described below.

GOn-screen displayHGFront displayH

Screen title

Menu number

[Selectable items]

A B A + B

Submenu title

Press o to execute

Currently selected line

Current setting

Press op to change the setting

Press op to select one or the other



Use ui to input characters.

Use op to change the character input

position.

When highlighted, press i to select

“Default Yes”.

Menu Map

1.Auto Setup

2.Manual Setup

3.Input Setup

4.Parameter

5.Information

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Information

(vpage 41, 42)

n Status

• MAIN ZONE

• ZONE2/3

n Audio Input Signal n HDMI Information n Auto Surround Mode n Quick Select n Preset Station

NOTE

When “Screensaver” is set to “ON”, the screensaver is activated if no operation is performed for about 3 minutes. When the uiop, ENTER or MENU button is pressed, the screensaver is canceled and the corresponding operation is performed.

Parameter

(vpage 38 ~ 41)

n Surround Parameter

• MODE

• CINEMA EQ

• D.COMP

• DRC

• LFE

• CENTER IMAGE

• PANORAMA

• DIMENSION

• CENTER WIDTH

• DELAY TIME

• EFFECT

• LEVEL

• ROOM SIZE

• AFDM

• SB CH OUT

• SUBWOOFER ATT.

• Subwoofer

• Default

n Tone Control

• Tone Defeat

• Bass

• Treble

n Room EQ n RESTORER n Night Mode n Audio Delay

Input Setup

n TUNER (FM/AM)

• Auto Preset

• Preset Skip

• Preset Name

• Input Mode

• Rename

• Other

· Video Select

· Source Level

Auto Setup

n Start Menu

• Step 1: Speaker Detection

• Step 2: Measurements

• Step 3: Calculation

• Step 4: Check

• Step 5: Store

Manual Setup

n Speaker Setup (vpage 26, 27)

• Speaker Conﬁ guration

• Subwoofer Setup

• Distance

• Channel Level

• Crossover Frequency

n HDMI Setup (vpage 27, 28)

• HDMI Audio Setup

· HDMI Audio Out

· Auto Lipsync

• HDMI Video Setup

· i/p Scaler

· Resolution

· Progressive Mode

· Aspect

· Color Space

· RGB Range

n Audio Setup (vpage 28, 29)

• EXT. IN Subwoofer Level

• 2ch Direct/Stereo

• Dolby Digital Setup

• Auto Surround Mode

• Manual EQ

(vpage 33 ~ 36)

n PHONO

• Input Mode

• Rename

• Other

· Video Select

· Source Level

(vpage 23 ~ 25)

(vpage 26 ~ 33)

n Option

• Room EQ

• Direct Mode Setup

• Mic Select

n Zone Setup (vpage 30)

• ZONE2 Setup

· Bass

· Treble

· HPF

· Level Lch

· Level Rch

· Channel

· Volume Level

· Volume Limit

· Power On Level

· Mute Level

• ZONE3 Setup

· Bass

· Treble

· HPF

· Level Lch

· Level Rch

· Channel

· Volume Level

· Volume Limit

· Power On Level

· Mute Level

n CD, DVD, HDP, TV/CBL, SAT, VCR, DVR, V.AUX

• Assign

• Input Mode

• Rename

• Other

· Video Select

· Video Convert (Excluding CDs)

· Source Level

• iPod

n Parameter Check

• Speaker Conﬁ guration Check

• Distance Check

• Channel Level Check

• Crossover Frequency Check

• EQ Check

• Restore

n Option Setup (vpage 31 ~ 33)

• Amp Assign

• Volume Control

· Volume Limit

· Power On Level

· Mute Level

• Source Delete

• On-Screen Display

· Screensaver

· Text

· Master Volume

· Tuner Information

· iPod Information

· Display Mode

• Quick Select Name

• Trigger Out

• Remote ID Setup

• 2Way Remote

• Display

• Setup Lock

n XM

• Preset Skip

• Antenna Aiming

• Input Mode

• Rename

• Other

· Video Select

· Source Level



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Auto Setup

Preparations

Connect the included setup microphone to the SETUP

MIC jack on the main unit.

The auto setup screen appears automatically.

• This procedure lets you measure the acoustic properties of your speakers and listening room and make the optimum settings automatically.

• This function provides the optimum listening environment for all listening positions in a home theater where several people view or listen to the video or audio source simultaneously.

The measurements are performed by moving the setup microphone

successively to the different positions where the family members sit within the listening area surrounded by the speakers, as shown in Example q. For better results, we recommend making measurements in 6 or more positions.

Even if the home theater is only used by a small number of persons

as shown in Example w, measuring at points around the listening position results in more effective correction.

Example q Example w

( :Measuring positions)

About the main listening position (*M)

The main listening position refers to the center of the listening position, or the place where you would sit to watch or listen when alone. This position is used as the basis when measuring the distance of the speakers.

To set the listening environment manually to suit your tastes, see page 26, 27.

Sound receptor

Mount the setup microphone on a camera tripod,

etc., and set it at the main listening position, with the sound receptor pointing towards the ceiling.

Setup

microphone

b Adjust the height of the setup microphone’s sound receptor so

that it is at the height of the ears when listening.

When using a subwoofer with a setting function, make the following settings before starting the auto setup procedure:

•

Volume: “Center”

•

Crossover frequency: “Maximum”

•

Low pass ﬁlter: “Off”

•

Standby mode: “Off”

NOTE

• Do not disconnect the setup microphone until the auto setup procedure is completed.

• When using headphones, unplug the headphones before starting the auto setup procedure.



Auto Setup

1-1.Start Menu

Step1:Speaker Detection

at ear height at

Front Sp. A Amp Assign Start Cancel

Please place microphone

main listening position.

Optimize settings for speakers in use.

F Menu screen F

a Start Menu

The settings are performed automatically.

Start

Start auto setup and output the test tone.

If an error message appears during the measurements, check “Error messages”, take the necessary countermeasures, then redo the measurements (vpage 25).

Set as desired before starting the auto setup procedure.

Front Speaker

The front speaker to be measured can be selected ahead of time here.

[Selectable items]

: Output test tone from front speakers A.

: Output test tone from front speakers B.

: Output test tone from front speakers A and B.

A + B

Amp Assign

Advanced setting : changes power ampliﬁ er assignment. For details, refer to “Amp Assign” (vpage 31).

Step 1 : Speaker Detection

The speaker connection status and the speaker polarities are detected at the main listening position. At this time, the listening environment with respect to the main listening position (“Speaker size check”, “Distance correction”, “Channel level adjustment”, “Crossover frequency check” and “Room EQ correction”) is measured automatically at the main listening position. Once the measurements are completed, the results of the speaker connection are displayed.

NOTE

• Loud test tones are output during the measurements. Be careful when measuring at night or when there are small children nearby.

• Do not stand between the speakers and setup microphone or allow obstacles between them while the measurements are being made. Obstacles will make it impossible to measure correctly.

• Keep as quiet as possible during measurements. Loud sounds in the area will make it impossible to measure correctly.

• Operating the MASTER VOLUME knob on the main unit or the VOL +/– buttons on the remote control unit during the measurements will cancel the measurements.

• Do not change the speaker connections or subwoofer volume after “Step 1”.

Step 2 : Measurements

The listening environment with respect to the listening position (“Speaker size check”, “Crossover Frequency check” and “Room EQ correction”) is measured automatically at positions 2 to 8. Once a measurement is made, move the setup microphone to the next position.

Measure a total of at least 6 positions (main listening position and at least 5 other surrounding positions). Measurements can be completed even if only taken in 5 positions, but for better results we recommend taking them in 6 or more positions. (Measurements can be taken in a maximum of 8 positions.)

Step 3 : Calculation

When “Calculate” is selected at “Step 2”, the speaker system is analyzed automatically.

The time required for this analysis depends on the number of speakers connected. The more the number of speakers, the longer the time required for analysis.

Step 4 : Check

Once the auto setup procedure is completed, a measuring result checking screen appears. Select any item whose measuring results you want to check and check the results.

Values that are different from the actual distance may be set for speakers with built-in ﬁ lters (subwoofers, etc.).

Step 5 : Store

The auto setup measurement results are stored.

NOTE

Do not turn the power off while the settings are being stored in the memory.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting



Retry Cancel

Microphone:None

Speaker :None

Auto Setup

Caution!

too high or

Retry Cancel

Ambient noise is

Level is too low.

Auto Setup

Caution!

Retry

L :None

Cancel Skip

Front

Auto Setup

Caution!

Retry

L :Phase

Cancel Skip

Front

Auto Setup

Caution!

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Error Messages

If the auto setup procedure could not be completed due to speaker installation, the measuring environment, etc., an error message is displayed. If this happens, check the relevant items, be sure to take the necessary measures, then perform the auto setup procedure over again.

Error messages (examples) Cause Measures

• Included setup microphone is not connected.

• Not all speakers could be detected.

• Too much noise in the room for accurate measurements to be made.

• Speaker or subwoofer sound is too low for accurate measurements to be made.

• Displayed speaker could not be detected.

· The front L and front R speakers were not

properly detected.

· Only one channel of the surround speakers

was detected.

· Sound was output from the R channel

when only one surround back speaker was connected.

· The surround back, but the surround speaker

was not detected.

• Displayed speaker connected with the polarities reversed.

• Connect the included setup microphone to the SETUP MIC jack on the main unit.

• Check the speaker connections.

• Either turn off any device generating noise or move it away.

• Try again when the surroundings are quiet.

• Check the speaker installation and the direction in which the speakers are facing.

• Adjust the subwoofer’s volume.

• Check the connections of the displayed speaker.

• Check the polarities of the displayed speaker.

• For some speakers, this error message may be displayed even if the speaker is properly connected. In this case, select “Skip”.

Option

Select settings for room EQ, mic, etc.

Room EQ

Select room EQ setting method.

[Selectable items]

: Apply settings to all surround modes.

All

Assign

: Make settings for each surround mode separately.

Direct Mode Setup

Select room EQ use for DIRECT or PURE DIRECT mode.

[Selectable items]

: Use room EQ.

: Do not use room EQ.

OFF

Mic Select

Select the microphone type if not using supplied mic. The microphone connected to V.AUX Lch is used.

[Selectable items]

: Supplied mic is being used.

Mic

V.AUX L

[Items to be checked]

Speaker Conﬁg. Check

Crossover Freq. Check

: Other mic connected to V.AUX is used.

Parameter Check

Check auto setup measurement results. This is displayed after the auto setup procedure is completed.

Distance Check

EQ Check

Channel Level Check

Select “Retry” to make the measurements again.

NOTE



Be sure to turn the power off before checking the speaker connections.

The auto setup results can be set again when “Restore” is selected.

1.Auto Setup

2.Manual Setup

3.Input Setup

4.Parameter

5.Information

Manual Setup

2.Manual Setup

2.HDMI Setup

1.Speaker Setup

4.Zone Setup

5.Option Setup

3.Audio Setup

Make detail settings for various parameters.

Speaker Setup

Use this procedure to set the speakers manually or if you wish to change the settings made with the auto setup procedure.

F Menu screen F

Speaker Conﬁguration

Select speaker conﬁguration and size. (bass reproduction capability)

Front Speaker

Select front speaker size.

[Selectable items]

Center Speaker

Select center speaker use and size.

[Selectable items]

Subwoofer

Select subwoofer use.

[Selectable items]

Large Small

Large Small None

Yes No

Surround Speaker

Select surround speakers use and size.

[Selectable items]

Large Small None

Surround Back Speaker

Select surround back speaker use and size.

[Selectable items]

NOTE

By default, the AVR-2808CI’s “Amp Assign” setting is set to “ZONE2”. To use as the surround back speaker for the main zone, change the “Amp Assign” setting (vpage 31).

: Select this when using large speakers with ample low

Large

frequency reproduction capabilities.

: Select this when using small speakers without ample low

Small

frequency reproduction capabilities.

: Select this when no speaker is connected.

None

: Select this when a subwoofer is connected.

Yes

: Select this when no subwoofer is connected.

2spkrs 1spkr

Select the number of surround back speakers.

• Select “Large” or “Small” not according to the physical size of the speaker but according to the low frequency reproduction capabilities based on the frequency set at “Crossover Frequency” (vpage

27).

• When “Front Speaker” is set to “Small”, “Subwoofer” is automatically set to “Yes”.

• If “Subwoofer” is set to “No”, “Front Speaker” is automatically set to “Large”.

• If “Surround Speaker” is set to “None”, “Surround Back Speaker” are automatically set to “None”.

• When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the left channel (SBL).

Large Small None

(

2spkrs 1spkr

(

)

Subwoofer Setup

Select low range signal to be reproduced by subwoofer.

[Selectable items]

LFE

LFE+Main

• This can be set when menu “Speaker Conﬁguration” – “Subwoofer” is set to “Yes”.

• Play music or a movie source and select the mode offering the strongest bass.

• Select “LFE+Main” if you want the bass signals to always be produced from the subwoofer.

Set distance from listening position to speakers. Before making the settings, measure the distance from the listening position to the different speakers.

: Play low range and LFE signal of channels set to

“Small”.

: Play low range and LFE signal of all channels.

Distance

Feet / Meters

Select unit for distance.

Step

Select step. (smallest distance)

[Selectable items]

1ft 0.1ft

0.1m 0.01m

: Can be selected when “Feet” is set.

: Can be selected when “Meters” is set.

Default

Resets the settings to the default values.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting



2.Manual Setup

2.HDMI Setup

1.Speaker Setup

4.Zone Setup

5.Option Setup

3.Audio Setup

2.HDMI Video Setup

1.HDMI Audio Setup

2-2.HDMI Setup

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Distance measurement

Select the speaker you want to set, then set the distance. Set the value closest to the measured distance.

[Variable range]

0.0ft ~ 60.0ft

0.00m ~ 18.00m

NOTE

Set the distance between the listening position and the various speakers to no more than 20.0 ft (6.00 meters).

Channel Level

Adjust channel levels to obtain equal volume from all speakers.

Test Tone

Select test tone playback method.

[Selectable items]

: Automatically switch speaker from which test tone is

Auto

output.

Manual

: Manually switch speaker from which test tone is output.

Test Tone Start

Output test tone.

[Variable range]

Default

Resets the settings to the default values.

Operating from the main remote control unit

Adjusting with the main remote control unit using the test tones is only possible in the “Auto” mode and only effective in the STANDARD mode. The adjusted levels for the different modes are automatically stored in the memory.

GAdjusting using test tonesH

q Press the TEST button. Test tones are output from the various speakers. w Use the o p button to adjust so that the volume is equal for all

speakers.

e When the adjustments are completed, press the TEST button

again.



: Display when “Feet” is set.

: Display when “Meters” is set.

–12dB

0dB

+12dB

• When the menu “Speaker Conﬁguration” – “Surround Back Speaker”

setting (vpage 26) is set to “1spkr”, the surround back speaker display is set to “Surround Back Sp.” .

• Speakers set to “None” in the “Speaker Conﬁguration” settings are not displayed.

• When “Channel Level” is adjusted, the adjusted values are set for all the surround modes. To adjust the channel level separately for the different surround modes, use the operation see page 48.

Crossover Frequency

Select crossover frequency from which subwoofer handles low range signal.

[Selectable items]

40Hz 60Hz 80Hz 90Hz 100Hz 110Hz 120Hz 150Hz

200Hz 250Hz

Only the portion of the bass sound of the various speakers output from the subwoofer that has a frequency below the frequency set here is output. Set this according to the low frequency reproduction capabilities of the

speakers you are using.

Advanced

Set the crossover frequency separately for the different speakers.

• The “Crossover Frequency” can be set when there are speakers that have been set to “Small” at menu “Speaker Conﬁguration” or when “Subwoofer” is set to “Yes” (vpage 26).

• If menu “Subwoofer Setup” (vpage 26) is set to “LFE”, speakers set to “Small” at “Speaker Conﬁguration” can be set. If set to “LFE+Main”, this can be set regardless of the size of the speaker.

• For speakers set to “Small”, sound below the crossover frequency is cut from the sound output. The cut bass sound is output from the subwoofer or front speakers.

• Always set the crossover frequency to “80 Hz”. When using small speakers, however, we recommend setting the crossover frequency to a higher frequency.

HDMI Setup

Make settings for HDMI video/audio output.

F Menu screen F

HDMI Audio Setup

Select HDMI audio output device.

HDMI Audio Out

Select test tone playback method.

[Selectable items]

: Use speakers connected to receiver for audio playback.

AMP

: Use speakers of monitor for audio playback.

Auto Lipsync

Automatic compensation for timing shift in audio and video output.

[Selectable items]

: Use automatic compensation.

: Do not use automatic compensation.

OFF

2.Manual Setup

2.HDMI Setup

1.Speaker Setup

4.Zone Setup

5.Option Setup

3.Audio Setup

2.2ch Direct/Stereo

3.Dolby Digital Setup

4.Auto Surround Mode

5.Manual EQ

1.EXT.IN SW Level

2-3.Audio Setup

HDMI Video Setup

Select HDMI video output device.

i/p Scaler

Make settings for i/p scaler function.

[Selectable items]

: Use i/p scaler function for analog video signal.

A to H

: Do not use i/p scaler function.

OFF

Resolution

Make settings for resolution of HDMI video output signal.

[Selectable items]

Auto

480p/576p

1080i

720p

1080p

This can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other than “OFF”.

: Detect monitor panel resolution and automatically set

output resolution.

: Output at 480p/576p resolution.

: Output at 1080i resolution.

: Output at 720p resolution.

: Output at 1080p resolution.

NOTE

• It is not possible to convert “1080i” signals into “720p” format.

• It is not possible to convert “720p” signals into “1080i” format.

Progressive Mode

Select optimum progressive mode for video material.

[Selectable items]

: Automatically detect video material type.

Auto

Video1

Video2

: Select mode suitable for video playback.

: Select mode suitable for video and 30-frame ﬁlm material

playback.

Aspect

This sets the aspect ratio when outputting 480i/576i or 480p/576p input signals from the HDMI output connector.

[Selectable items]

FULL

NORMAL

This can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other than “OFF”.

: Output at 16:9 aspect ratio.

: Output at 4:3 aspect ratio.

Color Space

Make settings for output color space.

[Selectable items]

YCbCr

RGB

When connected to a monitor with a DVI-D connector (HDCP compatible) using an HDMI/DVI converter cable, the signals are output in RGB format, regardless of this setting.

: Output using YCbCr format.

: Output using RGB format.

RGB Range

Make settings for RGB output range.

[Selectable items]

Normal

Enhanced

: Use video range from 16 (black) to 235 (white).

: Video range from 0 (black) to 255 (white). Use this setting

to avoid black washout.

Audio Setup

Make settings for audio playback.

F Menu screen F

EXT. IN Subwoofer Level

Set the subwoofer level for playback. Select according to the player in use.

[Selectable items]

0dB +5dB +10dB

Select according to the player in use.

+15dB

This is the recommended level.

2ch Direct/Stereo

Make speaker settings for 2-channel mode playback.

Setting

To change the settings, select “Custom”.

[Selectable items]

Basic

Custom

z: Use the same settings as in “Speaker Setup”.

: To change the settings, select “Custom”.

: Make separate settings for 2-channel mode.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

This can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other than “OFF”.



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Front

Select front speaker size.

[Selectable items]

Large Small

: Select front speaker size.

Subwoofer

Select subwoofer use.

[Selectable items]

Yes No

: Select subwoofer use.

Subwoofer Mode

Select low range signal to be reproduced by subwoofer.

[Selectable items]

LFE LFE+Main

: Select subwoofer signal.

Crossover

Select crossover frequency from which subwoofer handles low range signal.

[Selectable items]

40Hz 60Hz 80Hz 90Hz 100Hz 110Hz 120Hz 150Hz

200Hz 250Hz

: Select crossover frequency.

Dolby Digital Setup

Set dynamic range for downmix playback of Dolby Digital sources.

[Selectable items]

: Compression is used. Select this if sound from front

speakers is distorted.

: Do not use compression. This is the recommended setting.

OFF

• Set this to “ON” if the sound from the front speakers seems distorted.

• When not using the center speaker or surround speakers, the playback sound is down-mixed and output from the front speakers.

Auto Surround Mode

Make setting for memorizing surround mode setting for each input signal type.

[Selectable items]

: Memorize settings. Most recently stored surround mode is

automatically selected.

: Do not memorize settings. Surround mode does not change

OFF

according to input signal.

Manual EQ

Adjust tonal quality for each speaker using graphic equalizer.

Base Curve Copy

Copy the ROOM EQ´s “Flat” correction curve and adjust manually.

[Selectable items]

: Adjust manually.

Yes

: Do not adjust manually.

“Base Curve Copy” is displayed after the auto setup procedure has been performed.

Adjust CH

Select speaker adjustment method.

[Selectable items]

Each CH

L/R CH

ALL CH

: Adjust tonal quality for each speaker separately.

: Adjust tonal quality for each L/R speaker pair.

: Adjust tonal quality for all speakers together.

Manual EQ

Select the speaker and frequency band and adjust the level.

Distance FL

Set distance from listening position to front left speaker.

[Variable range]

0.0ft ~ 60.0ft

0.00m ~ 18.00m

Distance FR

Set distance from listening position to front right speaker.

[Variable range]

0.0ft ~ 60.0ft

0.00m ~ 18.00m



• The auto surround mode function lets you store in the memory the surround mode last used for playing the four types of input signals listed below.

q Analog and PCM 2-channel signals w Dolby Digital and DTS 2-channel signals e Dolby Digital and DTS multi-channel signals r Multi-channel signals other than Dolby Digital and DTS (PCM,

DSD, etc.)

• When playing in the PURE DIRECT mode, the surround mode does not change even if the input signal is changed.

[Selectable items]

63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1kHz

2kHz 4kHz 8kHz 16kHz

[Variable range]

–20dB ~ +6dB

Default

Resets the settings to the default values.

Zone Setup

2.Manual Setup

2.HDMI Setup

1.Speaker Setup

4.Zone Setup

5.Option Setup

3.Audio Setup

2.ZONE3 Setup

1.ZONE2 Setup

2-4.Zone Setup

Make settings for audio playback in a multi-zone system.

F Menu screen F

ZONE2 Setup

Make settings for audio playback in a ZONE2 system.

ZONE3 Setup

Make settings for audio playback in a ZONE3 system.

Bass

Adjust low frequency range (bass).

[Variable range]

Treble

Adjust high frequency range (treble).

[Variable range]

HPF

When using speakers that cannot satisfactorily play low frequencies, distortion of the bass sound can be reduced by setting “HPF” to “ON”.

[Selectable items]

: The low range is not attenuated.

OFF

: The low range is attenuated.

–10dB

0dB

+10dB

Lch Level

Adjust the left channel output level.

[Variable range]

–12dB

0dB

+12dB

Rch Level

Adjust the right channel output level.

[Variable range]

–12dB

0dB

+12dB

Channel

Switch between stereo and mono output.

[Selectable items]

: Select stereo output.

Stereo

: Select monaural output.

Mono

When menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “Amp Assign” (vpage 31) is set to ZONE2/3-MONO”, the “Channel” setting is automatically set to “Mono”.

Volume Level

Adjust the main volume level.

[Selectable items]

: Allow volume adjustment by remote control.

VAR

: Fix the volume to –40 dB.

–40dB

: Fix the volume to 0 dB.

0dB

“VAR” is displayed when a power ampliﬁer is assigned to the ZONE2 output channel at menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “Amp Assign” (vpage 31).

Volume Limit

Make a setting for maximum volume.

[Selectable items]

: Do not set a maximum volume.

OFF

: Set the maximum volume to –20 dB.

–20dB

: Set the maximum volume to –10 dB.

–10dB

: Set the maximum volume to 0 dB.

0dB

Power On Level

Deﬁne the volume setting that is active when the power is turned on.

[Selectable items]

Last

– – –

–70dB ~ +18dB

: Use the memorized setting from the last session.

: Always use the muting on condition when power

is turned on.

: Set the volume level when the power is turned on

in units of 1 dB.

Mute Level

Set the amount of attenuation when muting is on.

[Selectable items]

: The sound is cut off entirely.

Full

: The sound is attenuated by 40 dB.

–40dB

: The sound is attenuated by 20 dB.

–20dB

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

0

2.Manual Setup

2.HDMI Setup

1.Speaker Setup

4.Zone Setup

5.Option Setup

3.Audio Setup

2.Vol.Control

3.Source Delete

4.On Screen Display

5.Quick Select Name

6.Trigger Out

7.Remote ID Setup

8.2Way Remote

9.Display

10.Setup Lock

1.Amp Assign

2-5.Option Setup

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Option Setup

Make various other settings.

F Menu screen F

Amp Assign

Deﬁne how the ampliﬁer for the surround back speaker channels is used.

The places where the surround back ampliﬁer are used can be set freely according to the usage environment. This makes it possible to output sound to rooms other than the room (the main zone) where surround playback is performed (multi-zone playback) or play the sound with high quality using the front speakers (bi-amp connections).

[Selectable items]

7.1ch ZONE2 ZONE3 ZONE2/3-MONO FrontA Bi-Amp

FrontB Bi-Amp 2ch

For details, see “Amp Assign / Multi-zone Connections and Operations” (vpage 57 ~ 59).

Volume Control

Set the main zone volume setting.

Volume Limit

Make a setting for maximum volume.

[Selectable items]

: Do not set a maximum volume.

OFF

: Set the maximum volume to –20 dB.

–20dB

: Set the maximum volume to –10 dB.

–10dB

0dB

: Set the maximum volume to 0 dB.

Power On Level

This sets the volume set when the main zone’s power is turned on.

[Selectable items]

Last

– – –

–80dB ~ +18dB

Mute Level

This sets the amount of attenuation of the volume when the mute mode is set in the main zone.

[Selectable items]

: The sound is cut off entirely.

Full

: The sound is attenuated by 40 dB.

–40dB

: The sound is attenuated by 20 dB.

–20dB

: Use the memorized setting from the last session.

: Always use the muting on condition when power

is turned on.

: Set the volume level when the power is turned on

in units of 1 dB.

Source Delete

Remove input sources that are not used from the display.

[Selectable items]

: Use this source.

: Do not use this source.

Delete

NOTE

• Input sources being used in the various zones cannot be deleted.

• Input sources set to “Delete” cannot be selected using the SOURCE SELECT knob on the main unit or SOURCE SELECT button on the remote control unit.

On-Screen Display

Make on-screen display related settings.

Screensaver

Make screensaver settings. Use the screensaver to prevent burn-in on the monitor screen. When set to “ON”, the screensaver is activated if there is no activity for about 3 minutes.

[Selectable items]

: Activate the screensaver if there is no activity for about 3

minutes.

: Turn the screensaver function off.

OFF

Text

Input source and mode display.

[Selectable items]

: Turn display on.

: Turn display off.

OFF



Master Volume

Master volume display during adjustment.

[Selectable items]

: Turn display on.

: Turn display off.

OFF

Tuner Information

Bright Dim

DarkOFF

This sets the time the on-screen display is displayed when an operation is performed.

[Selectable items]

Always

30sec

10sec

: Show display continuously.

: Show display for 30 seconds after operation.

: Show display for 10 seconds after operation.

: Turn display off.

OFF

iPod Information

This sets the time the on-screen display is displayed when an operation is performed.

[Selectable items]

Always

30sec

10sec

: Show display continuously.

: Show display for 30 seconds after operation.

: Show display for 10 seconds after operation.

: Turn display off.

OFF

Display Mode

Select the on-screen display's display mode.

[Selectable items]

Mode1

Mode2

Use this mode if the on-screen display does not appear

[Input characters]

A ~ Z a ~ z 0 ~ 9 ! “ # % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / : ; = (space)

: If there is no video signal, ﬂickering of the on-screen display

is not prevented.

: Prevents ﬂickering of the on-screen display when there is

no video signal.

in the Mode 1, as may happen according to the TV being used.

Quick Select Name

Change the Quick Select name. Up to 16 characters can be input.

Trigger Out

Select the conditions to turn on the trigger out with respect to the zone, input source, surround mode. For details about the trigger out function, see page 19.

Select “Trigger Out 1” or “Trigger Out 2” and make the settings below respectively.

[Selectable items]

: Activate trigger on this mode.

: Do not activate trigger on this mode.

– – –

Setting with Respect to the Zone

• When the power of the zone turned on/off, the trigger out turns on.

• Associated with the power supply of zones set to “ON”.

Setting with Respect to the Input Source

• When the input source set to on is selected, the trigger out turns on.

• Associated with respect to the input source for zones set to “ON” at “Setting with Respect to the Zone”.

Setting with Respect to the Surround Mode

• When the surround mode set to on is selected, the trigger out turns on.

• Associated with respect to surround modes that are set to “ON”.

• This can be set if the “MAIN ZONE” setting at “Setting with Respect to the Zone” is set to “ON”.

• Associated when an input source for which “Setting with Respect to the Input Source” is set to “ON” is selected.

Remote ID Setup

Set remote control ID. Match the ID setting of the remote control unit and the receiver.

[Selectable items]

Match the ID setting of the remote control and the receiver.

When changing the remote ID, also change the AMP, iPod and TU modes of the main remote control unit at the same time (vpage

54).

Make setting for 2-way remote control unit.

2Way Remote

[Selectable items]

Used

Not Used

When using a 2-way remote control unit (RC-7000CI and RC-7001RCI, sold separately), set this to “Used”.

Adjust display brightness of the receiver.

: Use 2-way remote control.

: Do not use 2-way remote control.

Display

[Selectable items]

: Normal display brightness.

Bright

: Reduced display brightness.

Dim

: Very low display brightness.

Dark

: Display is off unless controls are operated.

OFF

Operating from the main unit

Press the DIMMER button.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

2.Preset Skip

3.Preset Name

4.Input Mode

5.Rename

6.Other

1.Auto Setup

3.Input Setup

TUNER

1.Preset Skip

2.Antenna Aiming

3.Input Mode

4.Rename

5.Other

3.Input Setup

1.Input Mode

2.Rename

3.Other

3.Input Setup

PHONO

1.Assign

2.Input Mode

3.Rename

4.Other

3.Input Setup

1.Assign

2.Input Mode

3.Rename

4.Other

3.Input Setup

1.Assign

2.Input Mode

3.Rename

4.Other

5.iPod

3.Input Setup

VCR

Repeat : OFF

Shuffle : OFF

3-5.iPod

Protect settings from inadvertent change.

[Selectable items]

OFF

Setup Lock

: Turn protection on.

: Turn protection off.

Input Setup

Use this procedure to select the input source and make the settings related to playing input sources.

n CD, DVD, HDP, TV/CBL, SAT, VCR, DVR, V.AUX This menu is for “CD”, “DVD”, “HDP”, “TV/CBL”, “SAT”, “VCR”, “DVR”,

“V.AUX”.

F Menu screen F

• When “Setup Lock” is set to “ON”, the settings listed below can no longer be changed. Also, “SETUP LOCKED!” is displayed if you attempt to operate related buttons.

⋅ Menu operations ⋅ RESTORER ⋅ Night Mode ⋅ Parameter ⋅ Room EQ ⋅ Channel Level ⋅ Audio Delay

• To cancel the setting, press the MENU button to re-display the “Setup Lock” screen, then change the setting to “OFF”.

n TUNER (AM/FM) This menu is for “TUNER”.

F Menu screen F

n XM This menu is for “XM”.

F Menu screen F

n PHONO This menu is for “PHONO”.

F Menu screen F

b The menu settings below can be made for these input sources

when “iPod dock” is set to “Assign”.

Changing the input source within Input Setup

The input source currently selected in the main zone is not changed even when the input source within Input Setup is changed.



Auto HDMI Digital

AnalogEXT. IN

Settings Related to Playing Input Sources

Auto Preset

Use the auto preset function to program radio stations.

[Input source]

[Selectable items]

: Start the auto preset process.

Start

If an FM station cannot be preset automatically, select the desired station by tuning it in manually, then preset it manually.

Preset Skip

Make settings to skip preset memory numbers during auto preset.

A ~ G

Select the preset channel(s) you do not want to display.

[Input source]

[Selectable items]

: Display this number.

: Skip this number.

Skip

Preset Name

Assign name to a preset memory. Names containing up to 8 characters can be input.

A1 ~ G8

Select the preset memory number.

[Input source]

TUNER

TUNER XM

TUNER

Input Mode

Make input mode and decode mode settings for this source. The selectable input modes depend on the input source and “Assign” setting (vpage 35).

Input Mode

Set the input mode for this source.

[Input source]

[Selectable items]

Analog

EXT. IN

: Play only signals from analog input.

: Play only signals from EXT. IN input.

[Input source]

[Selectable items]

: Automatically detect input signal and perform playback.

Auto

EXT. IN

: Play only signals from EXT. IN input.

[Input source]

[Selectable items]

: Automatically detect input signal and perform playback.

Auto

: Play only signals from HDMI input.

HDMI

Digital

Analog

EXT. IN

• When a digital signal is properly input, the “ ” or “ ” indicator lights on the display. If the “ ” indicator does not light, check the digital input connector assignment and the connections.

• The surround mode cannot be set if the input mode is set to “EXT. IN”.

: Play only signals from digital input.

: Play only signals from analog input.

: Play only signals from EXT. IN input.

TUNER PHONO

CD DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR

V.AUX

Operating from the main unit or main remote control unit

Press the INPUT MODE button on the main unit or the INPUT button on the main remote control unit.

z1: This can be selected for input sources for which the menu

“Assign” setting is set to “HDMI” (vpage 35).

z2: This can be selected for input sources for which the menu

“Assign” setting is set to “Digital” (vpage 35).

Decode Mode

Set the decode mode for this source.

[Input source]

CD DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR

V.AUX

[Selectable items]

: Detect type of digital input signal and decode and play

Auto

automatically.

: Decode and play only PCM input signals.

PCM

: Decode and play only DTS input signals.

DTS

• This can be selected for input sources for which the menu “Assign”

setting is set to “HDMI” or “Digital” (vpage 35).

• Only set “PCM” and “DTS” when playing the respective signals.

Rename

Change the display name for this source. Names containing up to 8 characters can be input.

[Characters that can be input]

A ~ Z a ~ z 0 ~ 9 ! “ # % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / : ; = (space)

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

[Characters that can be input]

A ~ Z a ~ z 0 ~ 9 ! “ # % & ’ ( ) * + , - . / : ; = (space)



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Assign

Assign input sources to input connectors.

HDMI

Select HDMI connector to assign to this source.

[Input source]

[Selectable items]

: Assign HDMI 1 input connector.

: Assign HDMI 2 input connector.

: No HDMI input connector assigned.

None

Input source

Default setting

• With HDMI, the video and audio signals are transferred

• When the AVR-2808CI and monitor are connected with an HDMI

• The audio signals input from the analog, digital and EXT. IN connectors

HDMI1 HDMI2 None None None None None

simultaneously. When HDMI is assigned to an input source, the audio signal switches to HDMI along with the video signal. To use with the digital audio input connectors assigned, set menu “Input Mode” to “Digital” (vpage 34).

cable, if the monitor is not compatible with HDMI audio signal playback, only the video signals are output to the monitor.

are not output to the monitor.

NOTE

This cannot be set for input sources for which “iPod dock” is assigned.

DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR

V.AUX

DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR V.AUX

Digital In

Select digital input connector to assign to this source.

[Input source]

CD DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR

V.AUX

[Selectable items]

Coaxial1

Coaxial2

Coaxial3

Optical1

Optical2

Optical3

Optical4

None

Input source Default setting

: Assign COAXIAL 1 input connector.

: Assign COAXIAL 2 input connector.

: Assign COAXIAL 3 input connector.

: Assign OPTICAL 1 input connector.

: Assign OPTICAL 2 input connector.

: Assign OPTICAL 3 input connector.

: Assign OPTICAL 4 input connector.

: No digital input connector assigned.

CD DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR V.AUX

Coaxial 3Coaxial

Coaxial 2Optical 1Optical 3Optical 2Optical

None

NOTE

This cannot be set for input sources for which “iPod dock” is assigned.

Component In

Select component video input to assign to this source.

[Input source]

[Selectable items]

: Assign component video 1 input connector.

: Assign component video 2 input connector.

: Assign component video 3 input connector.

: No component video input connector assigned.

None

DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR

V.AUX

Input source Default setting

This cannot be set for input sources for which “iPod dock” is assigned.

DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR V.AUX

Component 1Component 2Component

None None None None

iPod dock

Assign Control Dock for iPod to this source.

[Input source]

CD DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR

V.AUX

[Selectable items]

Assign

• With the default settings, the Control Dock for iPod can be used

• Even if “iPod dock” is set to “Assign”, if the AVR-2808CI is not

: Assign iPod input.

: Do not assign iPod input.

None

connected to the VCR (iPod) connector.

connected to a Control Dock for iPod, the input source can be used as the normal input source.

iPod

Make settings for “iPod” playback.

[Input source]

Repeat

Make settings for repeat mode.

[Selectable items]

: Repeat all songs.

All

: Repeat the current song.

One

: Cancel repeat mode.

OFF

CD DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR

V.AUX



Shufﬂe

Make settings for shufﬂe mode.

[Selectable items]

Songs

Albums

This can be selected for input sources for which “Assign” is assigned at the “iPod dock” setting.

: Shufﬂe all songs.

: Shufﬂe songs from current album only.

: Cancel shufﬂe mode.

OFF

Other

Make various other settings.

Video Select

Switch video input source while listening to audio signal.

[Selectable items]

DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR V.AUX

Select video input source to view.

Source

The video and audio for the same input source are played.

Press the VIDEO SELECT button, then turn the SOURCE SELECT knob until the desired picture appears. b To cancel, press the main unit’s VIDEO SELECT button, then turn the

Operating from the main unit

main unit’s SOURCE SELECT knob and select “Source”.

NOTE

• It is not possible to select HDMI input signals.

• When playing HDMI video input signals, the analog video signal of another input source cannot be selected for the HDMI video output.

• Input sources for which “Delete” is selected at “Source Delete” cannot be selected.

Video Convert

Automatically convert video input signal to monitor output format.

[Input source]

DVD HDP TV/CBL SAT VCR DVR

V.AUX

[Selectable items]

: Enable conversion.

: Disable conversion.

OFF

Source Level

Corrects the playback level of the selected input source’s audio input.

[Variable range]

For input sources for which “HDMI” and “Digital” are set at the menu “Assign” setting, the analog input level and digital input level can be set separately.

–12dB

0dB

+12dB

Antenna Aiming

Adjust the XM radio reception sensitivity.

[Input source]

Satellite

Indicate satellite signal strength.

Terrestrial

Indicate terrestrial signal strength.

Display Condition

Signal strength is strong Signal strength is good Signal strength is marginal Signal strength is weak No signal

Surround Modes

Standard Playback

This is the standard mode for enjoying surround sound according to the program source.

Surround Playback of 2-channel Sources

To select these surround modes using the buttons on the main unit and main remote control unit, press the STANDARD button. The mode switches each time the button is pressed.

n When using a surround back speaker

[Selectable items]

n When not using a surround back speaker

[Selectable items]

DOLBY PLgx

or DOLBY PLg

Cinema

Music

Game

Pro Logic

DTS NEO:6

Cinema

Music

DOLBY PLgx

DOLBY PLg

: The signals are decoded in DOLBY PLgx or

DOLBY PLg for playback.

: This mode is suited for movie sources.

: This mode is suited for music sources.

: This mode is suited for games.

: This is the Pro Logic playback mode. This can

be selected when playing with a DOLBY PLg decoder. When this mode is selected, “DOLBY PL” is displayed.

: The signals are decoded in DTS NEO:6 for

playback.

: This mode is suited for movie sources.

: This mode is suited for music sources.

DTS NEO:6 neural

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

neural

This is the optimum mode for playing sources

: It is possible to play analog input signals and

PCM (2-channel, 48 kHz or less) in the surround mode.

recorded in XM HD Surround (vpage 63).



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Select the “Cinema”, “Music”, “Game” and “Pro Logic” modes at menu “Parameter” – “Surround Parameter” – “MODE” (vpage 38).

Playing Multi-channel Sources (Dolby Digital, DTS, etc.)

[Selectable items]

STANDARD

This mode is for decoding the input signals according to their format and playing surround sound. The display when the STANDARD mode is selected depends on the input signal and surround back output playback mode.

Dolby

Digital

Source

DTS

Surround

Source

DVD-

Audio,

SACD

z1 : This is displayed when the input signal is “DTS-ES Matrix 6.1”

and the AVR-2808CI’s “AFDM” setting is set to “ON”.

z2 : This is displayed when the input signal is “DTS-ES Discrete

6.1”.

z3 : This is displayed when the input signal is “DTS 96/24”.

Input signal Display

DOLBY DIGITAL

(other than 2ch) /

DOLBY DIGITAL

Plus

DOLBY TrueHD DOLBY TrueHD

DTS (5.1ch) /

DTS-ES Discrete

6.1 /

DTS-ES Matrix

6.1 /

DTS 96/24

DTS-HD High

Resolution Audio

DTS-HD Master

Audio

PCM (multi ch) /

DSD (multi ch)

DOLBY DIGITAL DOLBY DIGITAL EX DOLBY DIGITAL+PLgx CINEMA

DOLBY DIGITAL+PLgx MUSIC

DOLBY DIGITAL +

DTS SURROUND DTS+PLgx CINEMA

DTS+PLgx MUSIC DTS+NEO:6 DTS ES MTRX6.1 (z1) DTS ES DSCRT6.1 (z2) DTS 96/24 (z3)

DTS-HD

DTS-HD MSTR

MULTI CH IN MULTI IN+PLgx CINEMA MULTI IN+PLgx MUSIC

MULTI CH IN 7.1

DSP Simulation Playback

The desired mode according to the program source and viewing situation can be selected from among 10 DENON original surround modes. The surround parameters can be adjusted (vpage 64, 65) to achieve an even more realistic, powerful sound ﬁeld.

[Selectable items]

7CH STEREO

WIDE SCREEN

SUPER STADIUM

ROCK ARENA

JAZZ CLUB

CLASSIC CONCERT

MONO MOVIE

VIDEO GAME

MATRIX

VIRTUAL

z: When playing sources recorded in monaural in the MONO MOVIE

mode, the sound will be off balance with a single channel (left or right), so input to both channels.

• To select these surround modes using the buttons on the main

remote control unit, press the SIMU button. The mode switches each time the button is pressed.

• Depending on the program source being played, it may not be possible to achieve a satisfactory surround effect. In this case, try other modes to achieve a sound ﬁeld suited to your tastes.

: This mode is for enjoying stereo sound from

all speakers.

: This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of

viewing a movie on a large screen.

: This mode is suited for viewing sports

programs.

: This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of a

live concert in an arena.

: This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of a

live concert in a jazz club.

: This mode is for appreciating classical concert

programs.

: This mode is for playing monaural movie

sources with surround sound.

: This mode is suited for achieving surround

sound with video games.

: This mode lets you add a sense of expansion

to stereo music sources.

: This mode is for enjoying surround effects

using only the front speakers or headphones.

Stereo Playback

[Selectable items]

STEREO

This is the mode for playing in stereo. The tone can be adjusted. Sound is output from the front left and right speakers and subwoofer.

Direct Playback

[Selectable items]

DIRECT

In this mode the signals bypass the tone adjustment circuitry for high quality sound. The sound is output to the same channels as the input signal. The display when the DIRECT mode is selected depends on the input signal. For multi-channel sources, the display depends on the surround back output’s play mode.

z : When DSD signals are converted to PCM signals as set by the

For details, see page 67.

Input signal

Analog signal /

PCM (2ch) /

Dolby Digital source /

DTS source /

Other 2-channel digital signals

DSD (2ch) DSD DIRECT (z)

PCM (multi ch)

DSD (multi ch) DSD MULTI DIRECT (z)

audio parameters and speaker settings, “DIRECT” or “MULTI CH DIRECT” is displayed.

DIRECT

MULTI CH DIRECT M DIRECT + PLgx CINEMA M DIRECT + PLgx MUSIC M DIRECT 7.1

Display

For details, see page 66.



Playback in the PURE DIRECT Mode

2.Tone Control

3.Room EQ

4.RESTORER

5.Night Mode

6.Audio Delay

1.Surround Parameter

4.Parameter

This is the mode that recreates the original sound most faithfully, providing extremely high quality sound.

Press the PURE DIRECT button on the main unit.

• When in the PURE DIRECT mode, the menu screen is not displayed and the display on the main unit is turned off.

• If the HDMI input connector is selected, video outputs are output in the PURE DIRECT mode.

• The channel level and surround parameters in the PURE DIRECT mode are the same as in the DIRECT mode.

Parameter

Parameters can be called out directly by pressing the PARA button on the main remote control unit.

F Menu screen F

Surround Parameter

Adjust surround sound parameters. The adjustable parameters differ for the different surround modes (vpage 64, 65).

MODE

Select the mode according to the playback source.

n In the PLgx or PLg mode

[Selectable items]

z: Can be selected in the PLg mode.

n In the DTS NEO:6 mode

[Selectable items]

CINEMA

MUSIC

GAME

: Surround sound mode optimized for movie sources.

: Surround sound mode optimized for music sources.

: Surround sound mode optimized for games.

: Dolby Pro Logic playback mode.

CINEMA MUSIC GAME PL

CINEMA MUSIC

CINEMA EQ

Soften the treble range of movie soundtracks for better understanding.

[Selectable items]

: CINEMA EQ is used.

: CINEMA EQ is not used.

OFF

D.COMP

Compress dynamic range (difference between loud and soft sounds).

[Selectable items]

: Turn dynamic range compression off.

OFF

: Low setting.

LOW

: Middle setting.

MID

: High setting.

HIGH

When playing DTS sources, this is only displayed for compatible software.

DRC

Compress dynamic range (difference between loud and soft sounds).

[Selectable items]

: Automatic dynamic range compression on/off control

AUTO

according to source.

: Low setting.

LOW

: Middle setting.

MID

: High setting.

HIGH

: Dynamic range compression always off.

OFF

This can be set in the Dolby TrueHD mode.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

The MUSIC mode is also effective for movie sources including a lot of stereo music.



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

LFE

Adjust the low-frequency effects level (LFE).

[Variable range]

For proper playback of the different program sources, we recommend setting to the values below.

• Dolby Digital sources: “0 dB”

• DTS movie sources: “0 dB”

• DTS music sources: “-10 dB”

–10dB

0dB

CENTER IMAGE

Assign center channel signal to front left and right channels for wider sound.

[Variable range]

0.0

0.3

1.0

PANORAMA

Assign front L/R signal also to surround channels, for wider sound. If the surround effect seems weak, set “PANORAMA” to “ON”.

[Selectable items]

OFF

DIMENSION

Shift sound image center to front or rear, to adjust playback balance.

[Variable range]

~ 3 ~

CENTER WIDTH

Assign center channel signal to front left and right channels for wider sound.

[Variable range]

~ 3 ~

DELAY TIME

Adjust delay time to control sound stage size.

[Variable range]

0 ms

30 ms

300 ms

EFFECT

Switch effect signal for multi-surround speakers on and off. When “EFFECT” is set to “ON”, a surround effect with a strong sense of expansion is achieved.

[Selectable items]

ON OFF

LEVEL

Adjust effect signal level.

[Variable range]

Set to a lower level if the positioning and sense of phase of the surround signals seems unnatural.

~ 10 ~

ROOM SIZE

Determine size of acoustic environment.

[Selectable items]

small

: Simulate acoustics of a small room.

med. s

medium

med. l

large

: Simulate acoustics of a large room.

NOTE

“ROOM SIZE” does not indicate the size of the room in which sources are played.

AFDM (Auto Flag Detect Mode)

Auto-select surround mode by source. This function only works for software containing a special identiﬁcation signal. If the software being played is recorded in Dolby Digital EX or DTS-ES, it is played in 6.1-channels. If not, it is played in 5.1-channels.

[Selectable items]

Example : Playing Dolby Digital software (with EX ﬂag)

• When “AFDM” is set to “ON”, the surround mode is automatically

set to the DOLBY + PLgx CINEMA mode.

• To play in the Dolby Digital EX mode, set “AFDM” to “OFF” and “SB CH OUT” to “MTRX ON”.

ON OFF

Some Dolby Digital EX sources do not include EX ﬂags. If the playback mode does not switch automatically even when “AFDM” is set to “ON”, set “SB CH OUT” to “MTRX ON” or “PLIIx CINEMA”.

SB CH OUT (for Multi-channel sources)

Select playback mode for surround back channels.

[Selectable items]

OFF

NON MTRX

MTRX ON

PLIIx CINEMA

PLIIx MUSIC

ES MTRX

ES DSCRT

z1: This can be selected when “Surround Back” is set to “2spkrs”

at the menu “Manual Setup” – “Speaker Setup” – “Speaker Conﬁguration” setting (vpage 26).

z2: This can be selected when “Surround Back” is set to “2spkrs”

or “1spkr” at the menu “Manual Setup” – “Speaker Setup” – “Speaker Conﬁguration” setting.

z3: This can be selected when playing DTS sources. z4: This can be selected when playing DTS sources including a

discrete 6.1-channel signal identiﬁcation signal.

: No signal is played from the surround back

channels.

: The same signals as those of the surround

channels are output from the surround back channels.

: The surround channel signals undergo digital

matrix processing and are output from the surround back channels.

: Decoded in Dolby Pro Logic IIx Cinema mode,

surround back signal played.

: Decoded in Dolby Pro Logic IIx Music mode,

surround back signal played.

: DTS signal played with digital matrix processing.

: Signal included in DTS-ES Discrete 6.1-channel

sources played.



SB CH OUT (for 2-channel sources)

Audyssey

Audyssey Byp. L/R

Audyssey Flat

ManualOFF

Determine whether to use surround back speakers.

[Selectable items]

: The surround channel signal is played.

: The surround channel signal is not played.

OFF

This operation can be performed directly pressing the SURROUND BACK button on the main unit.

SUBWOOFER ATT.

Attenuate subwoofer level when using EXT. IN mode.

[Selectable items]

: The input from the subwoofer channel is attenuated.

: The input from the subwoofer channel is not attenuated.

OFF

Usually use in this mode.

Set this to “ON” if the subwoofer channel level seems too high when playing Super Audio CDs.

Subwoofer

Turn subwoofer output on and off.

[Selectable items]

: The subwoofer is used.

: The subwoofer is not used.

OFF

Default

Resets the settings to the default values.

Tone Control

Adjust the tonal quality of the sound.

Tone Defeat

Turn tone adjustments off.

[Selectable items]

: Playback without tone adjustment.

: Allow tone adjustment (treble, bass).

OFF

The tone cannot be adjusted when in the DIRECT mode.

Bass

Adjust low frequency range (bass).

[Variable range]

–6dB ~ 6dB

Treble

Adjust high frequency range (treble).

[Variable range]

“Bass” and “Treble” can be set when “Tone Defeat” is set to “OFF”.

–6dB ~ 6dB

Room EQ

Select room equalizer for current environment.

[Selectable items]

Audyssey

Audyssey Flat

Audyssey Byp. L/R

Manual

OFF

Operating from the main unit or main remote

: Optimize frequency response of all speakers

to match room acoustics.

: Optimize frequency response of all speakers to

ﬂat response.

: Optimize frequency response of speakers

except front speakers to match room acoustics.

: Apply frequency response set with “Manual

EQ”.

: Turn equalizer off.

control unit

Press the ROOM EQ button on the main unit or the EQ button on the main remote control.

When “Audyssey” is selected, “ ” lights.

When “Audyssey Byp. L/R” or “Audyssey Flat” is selected, or when the auto setup measuring results have changed, “ ” lights.

• “Audyssey”, “Audyssey Byp. L/R” and “Audyssey Flat” can be set after the auto setup procedure has been performed.

• If the settings of speakers for which “None” has been determined at “Auto Setup” are changed, “Audyssey”, “Audyssey Byp. L/R” and “Audyssey Flat” cannot be selected.

• When using headphones, “Room EQ” is set to “OFF”.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

0

OFF Low Middle

High

2.Audio Input Signal

3.HDMI Information

4.Auto Surround Mode

5.Quick Select

6.Preset Station

1.Status

5.Information

Name :Record

Surround Mode: STEREO

Select Source:

5-1.Status

PHONO

Input Mode :ANALOG

1/4

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

OFF Mode 1 Mode 2

Mode 3

RESTORER

This function restores compressed audio signals to how they were before compression and corrects the sense of volume of the bass to obtain richer playback sound.

[Selectable items]

OFF

Do not use RESTORER.

Optimized mode for compressed sources with very weak highs.

Apply suitable bass and treble boost for all compressed sources.

Optimized mode for compressed sources with normal highs.

The default setting for “iPod” is “Mode3”. All others are set to “OFF”.

(RESTORER 64):

Mode1

(RESTORER 96):

Mode2

(RESTORER HQ):

Mode3

Operating from the main unit or main remote control unit

During playback, press the RESTORER button on the main unit or the RSTR button on the main remote control unit.

When set to something other than “OFF”, “ ” is displayed.

(RESTORER 64)

(RESTORER HQ)

(RESTORER 96)

About the RESTORER function

• Such compressed audio formats as MP3, WMA (Windows Media Audio) and MPEG-4 AAC reduce the amount of data by eliminating signal components that are hard for the human ear to hear. The RESTORER function generates the signals eliminated upon compression, restoring the sound to conditions near those of the original sound before compression. It also corrects the sense of volume of the bass to obtain richer sound with compressed audio

signals.

• This is displayed on the menu and can be set when the input source is selected to “XM”, or analog signals (including AM/FM signals) or PCM signals (fs = 44.1/48 kHz) are input.

Night Mode

Optimized setting for late-night listening.

[Selectable items]

: Turn night mode off.

OFF

: Turn late night mode on (Low setting).

LOW

: Turn late night mode on (Mid setting).

MID

: Turn late night mode on (Hi setting).

HIGH

Operating from the main remote control unit

Press the NGT button. The “ ” indicator lights when “Low”, “Middle” or “High” is

selected.

Audio Delay

Compensate for mismatched timing between video and audio.

Delay audio. This sets the delay time for audio signals.

[Variable range]

If you wish to adjust the “Audio Delay” while playing HDMI or component video signals, press u to set “on-screen display” to “OFF”. This way the audio delay can be adjusted while watching the picture. (Press u again to switch to the on-screen display.)

Operating from the main unit or main remote

0 ms

200 ms

control unit

b When set using the procedure below, the on-screen display is not

displayed. Adjust while watching the display.

q Press the AUDIO DELAY button on the main unit or the A. DL button

on the main remote control unit.

w Use the o p button to set.

Information

Status

Shows information about current settings.

F Menu screen F

Main zone

Shows information about settings for main zone. The items displayed differ according to the input source.

[Items to be checked]

Select Source Name Surround Mode Input Mode

Rec Select Video Select Source Level Room EQ

Night Mode RESTORER

ZONE2 / ZONE3

Shows information about settings for multi-zone.

[Items to be checked]

Power Select Source Volume Level

etc.



• This cannot be adjusted when playing in the EXT. IN, DIRECT or STEREO mode (with “Front Speaker” set to “Large”, “Tone Defeat” to “ON” and “Room EQ” to “OFF”.)

• The adjustment range is 0 to 100 ms when the Auto Lipsync Correction function is activated.

Audio Input Signal

2.Audio Input Signal

3.HDMI Information

4.Auto Surround Mode

5.Quick Select

6.Preset Station

1.Status

5.Information

2.Audio Input Signal

3.HDMI Information

4.Auto Surround Mode

5.Quick Select

6.Preset Station

1.Status

5.Information

2.Audio Input Signal

3.HDMI Information

4.Auto Surround Mode

5.Quick Select

6.Preset Station

1.Status

5.Information

2.Audio Input Signal

3.HDMI Information

4.Auto Surround Mode

5.Quick Select

6.Preset Station

1.Status

5.Information

2.Audio Input Signal

3.HDMI Information

4.Auto Surround Mode

5.Quick Select

6.Preset Station

1.Status

5.Information

DOLBY DIGITAL EX

SIGNAL:Dolby Digital

fs :48kHz Format:3/2/.1 Offset:-4dB

Surround Mode:

5-2.Audio Input Signal

480i

1080p

Color Space

YCbCr 4:2:2

YCbCr 4:4:4 Pixel Depth 8bits 10bits

Resolution

5-3.HDMI Signal Info.

5-4.Auto Surround Mode

[Analog][PCM] 2CH:STEREO

[Multi ch] :MULTI CH IN

[Digital] 2CH:DOLBY PLIIx Cinema

5.1CH:DOLBY/DTS SURROUND

5-6.Preset Station

A1FM 87.50M

A2FM 89.10M

A3FM 98.10M

A4FM107.90M

A5FM 90.10M

A6FM 90.10M

A7FM 90.10M

A8FM 90.10M

5-5.Quick Select

1/2

1.Quick Select 1

2.Quick Select 2

3.Quick Select 3

Shows information about audio input signals.

F Menu screen F

HDMI Information

Shows information about HDMI input/output signals and monitor.

F Menu screen F

Quick Select

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Shows information about quick select settings.

F Menu screen F

[Items to be checked]

Surround Mode

SIGNAL

Format

Offset

Flag

: The currently set surround mode is displayed.

: The input signal type is displayed.

: The input signal’s sampling frequency is

displayed.

: The number of channels in the input signal (front,

surround, LFE) is displayed.

: The dialogue normalization correction value is

displayed.

: “MATRIX” is displayed if the input signal has

undergone matrix processing, “DISCRETE” if the input signal has undergone discrete processing.

Dialogue normalization function

This is automatically activated when playing Dolby Digital sources. This function automatically corrects the standard signal level for individual program sources. The correction value can be checked using the STATUS button on the main unit.

The ﬁgure is the correction value when the standard level is corrected.

HDMI Signal Information

The HDMI input/output signal information is displayed.

[Items to be checked]

Resolution Color Space Pixel Depth

HDMI Monitor Information

The HDMI monitor information is displayed.

[Items to be checked]

Interface Support Resolution

Auto Surround Mode

Shows information about auto surround mode settings. The surround mode for which the last memory function was used for the different input signal types is displayed.

F Menu screen F

[Items to be checked]

Name Input Source Input Mode Volume Level

Analog/PCM 2CH Multi ch Digital 2CH Digital 5.1CH

For instructions on storing settings at Quick Select 1 to 3, see page

50.

Preset Station

Shows information about preset stations.

F Menu screen F

[Input source]

[Items to bechecked]

TUNER XM

A1 ~ G8

When the STATUS button on the main unit is pressed, the set’s status can be checked on the display.

[Items to be checked]

Analog/PCM 2CH Multi ch Digital 2CH Digital 5.1CH



<POWER>

<SOURCE> <TUNING PRESET> MASTER VOLUME

SOURCE SELECT

SPEAKER

[TUNER]

SOURCE SELECT

[POWER ON]

[MUTE]

[POWER OFF]

MASTER

VOLUME

SPEAKER

[ AMP]

[ TU]

[BAND]

[A ~ G]

[MODE]

[MEMO]

[d f]

[1 ~ 8]

[SHIFT]

[CHANNEL]

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Front A Front B

Front A+B

Playback

Operation on the main remote control unit

Press [SOURCE SELECT].

The desired input source can be selected directly.

( mode)

Preparations

Turning the Power On

Press <POWER>.

The power indicator lights red and the power is set to the standby

mode.

Press <ON/STANDBY> or [POWER ON].

The power indicator ﬂashes green and the power turns on.

To operate the AVR-2808CI using the main remote control unit, set the remote control unit to the AMP mode (vpage 51 “Remote Control

Unit Operations”).

Turning the Power Off

q Press <ON/STANDBY> or [POWER OFF].

The power is set to the standby mode.

w Press <POWER>.

The power indicator turns off, and so does the power.

NOTE

Power continues to be supplied to some of the circuitry even when the power is in the standby mode. When leaving home for long periods of time or when traveling, either press <POWER> to turn off the power, or unplug the power cord from the power outlet.

Selecting the input source

To operate the AVR-2808CI using the main remote control unit, set the remote control unit to the AMP mode (vpage 51 “Remote Control

Unit Operations”).

Operations During Playback

Adjusting the Master Volume

Either turn <MASTER VOLUME> or press [MASTER

VOLUME].

Turning Off the Sound Temporarily (Muting)

Press [MUTE].

To cancel, press [MUTE] again. Muting can also be canceled by adjusting the master volume.

Listening with Headphones

Plug the headphones into <PHONES>.

The sound from the speakers and pre-out connectors is automatically cut.

NOTE

Be careful not to set the volume too high when using headphones.

Switching the front speakers

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit [ ] : Buttons on the remote control unit

Button name only:

Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit



Operation on the main unit

Turn <SOURCE SELECT>.

If “Rec Select” or “Video Select” is selected for the input source, press <SOURCE> before turning <SOURCE SELECT>.

Press SPEAKER.

Playing Video and Audio Equipment

Basic Operation

Prepare the equipment.

q Load the DVD, CD or other software in the player. (vSee the operating instructions of the respective devices.) w To play a video device, switch the monitor input. (vSee the monitor’s operating instructions.)

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the

remote control unit to the AMP mode.

(vpage 51 “Remote Control Unit Operations”)

Use SOURCE SELECT to select the input source.

Start playback.

(vSee the operating instructions of the respective devices.)

Listening to FM/AM Broadcasts

Basic Operation

Either turn <SOURCE SELECT> or press [TUNER]

(AMP mode) to select “TUNER”.

• It is also possible to switch to “FM” or “AM” in step 1 by pressing

[TUNER].

• If the desired station cannot be tuned in with auto tuning, tune it in manually.

• When tuning in stations manually, press and hold [df] to change frequencies continuously.

• The time for which the menus are displayed can be set at menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “On-Screen Display” (vpage 31, 32).

Presetting Radio Stations (Preset Memory)

Your favorite broadcast stations can be preset so that you can tune them in easily. Up to 56 stations can be preset.

Tune in the broadcast station you want to preset.

Press [MEMO].

Press [A ~ G] to select the block in which the station is

to be preset, then press [CHANNEL] or [1 ~ 8] to select the preset number.

b The memory block can also be selected by pressing [SHIFT].

Press [MEMO] again to complete the setting.

Listening to Preset Stations

Operation on the Main Unit

Press <TUNING PRESET>, then turn <SOURCE SELECT> to select the preset radio station.

Operation on the Main Remote Control Unit

Press [A ~ G] to select the memory block.

Press [CHANNEL] or [1 ~ 8] to select the desired preset

channel.

n Default settings

Auto tuner presets

A1 ~ A8

B1 ~ B8

C1 ~ C8

D1 ~ D8

E1 ~ E8

F1 ~ F8

G1 ~ G8

87.5 / 89.1 / 98.1 / 107.9 / 90.1 / 90.1 / 90.1 /

90.1 MHz

520 / 600 / 1000 / 1400 / 1500 / 1710 kHz,

90.1 / 90.1 MHz

90.1 MHz

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the

remote control unit to the TUNER ( ) mode.

(vpage 51 “Remote Control Unit Operations”)

Press [BAND] to select “FM” or “AM”.

Tune in the desired broadcast station.

q To tune in automatically (Auto Tuning)

Press [MODE] to light the “AUTO” indicator on the display, then use [df] to select the station you want to hear.

w To tune in manually (Manual Tuning)

Press [MODE] to turn off the display’s “AUTO” indicator, then use [df] to select the station you want to hear.

• To preset other stations, repeat steps 1 to 4.

• Stations can be preset automatically at menu “Input Setup” – “Auto Preset” (vpage 34).

NOTE

Preset stations are erased by overwriting them.



ENTER uiop

[SEARCH]

[BAND]

[NUMBER]

[d f]

uiop

ENTER

[SAT TU]

[MODE]

[ TU]

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Listening to XM Satellite Radio Programs

About XM Satellite Radio

XM Satellite Radio offers an extraordinary variety of commercial-free music, plus the best in sports, news, talk and entertainment. XM is broadcast in superior digital audio from coast to coast. From rock to reggae, from classical to hip hop, XM has something for every music fan. XM’s dedication to playing the richest selection of music is matched by its passion for live sporting events, talk radio, up-tothe-minute news, stand-up comedy, children’s programming, and much more. For U.S. customers, information about XM Satellite Radio is available online at www.xmradio.com. For Canadian customers, information about XM Canada is online at www.xmradio.ca.

XM Ready® Legal

Hardware and required monthly subscription sold separately. Other fees and taxes, including a one-time activation fee may apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All fees and programming subject to change. Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with an XL. Channel blocking is available for XM radio receivers by calling 1-800XMRADIO (US residents) and 1-877-GET-XMSR (Canadian residents). For a full listing of the XM commercial-free channels and advertisingsupported channels, visit lineup.xmradio.com (US residents) or xmradio.ca (Canadian residents). Subscriptions subject to Customer Agreement available at xmradio.com (US residents) and xmradio.ca (Canadian residents). Only available in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada. ©2006 XM Satellite Radio Inc. All rights reserved. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

XM Ready® Subscriptions

Once you have installed the XM Mini-Tuner Dock, inserted the XM Mini-Tuner, connected the XM Dock to your XM Ready® home audio system, and installed the antenna, you are ready to subscribe and begin receiving XM programming. There are three places to ﬁnd your eight character XM Radio ID: on the XM Mini-Tuner, on the XM MiniTuner package, and on XM Channel 0. Record the Radio ID in the following eight squares for reference.

Note: The XM Radio ID does not use the letters “I”, “O”, “S” or “F”. Activate your XM Satellite Radio service in the U.S. online at http://activate.xmradio.com or call 1-800-XM-RADIO (1-800-967-

2346). You will need a major credit card. XM will send a signal from the satellites to activate the full channel lineup. Activation normally takes 10 to 15 minutes, but during peak busy periods you may need to keep your XM Ready home audio system on for up to an hour. When you can access the full channel lineup on your XM Ready home audio system you are done. For more information or to subscribe in Canada, visit XM on the Web at www.xmradio.ca or call XM’s Listener Care at 1-877-GET-XMSR (1-877-438-9677).

Basic Operation

Either turn <SOURCE SELECT> or press [SAT TU]

(AMP mode) to select “XM”.

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the

remote control unit to the TUNER ( ) mode.

(vpage 51 “Remote Control Unit Operations”)

Use [df] to select the station.

When the station is tuned in, the name of the track and artist

are displayed.

• The channel switches continuously when [df] is pressed and held.

• XM Radio stations can be preset using the same procedure as for

FM/AM stations (vpage 44 “Presetting Radio Stations (Preset Memory)” and “Listening to Preset Stations”).

• The artist name, track name, category and reception level can be

checked by pressing <STATUS>.

• The time for which the menus are displayed can be set at menu

“Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “On-Screen Display” (vpage 31, 32).

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit [ ] : Buttons on the remote control unit

Button name only:

Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit



Checking the XM Signal Strength and Radio ID

Either turn <SOURCE SELECT> or press [SAT TU]

(AMP mode) to select “XM”.

Press <STATUS> until “SIGNAL” appears on the

display.

The display will switch as shown below, depending on the reception conditions.

Display Status GOOD Signal strength is good MARGINAL Signal strength is marginal WEAK Signal strength is weak NO No signal

Searching Categories

Press o p.

Channel category

Use o p to select the category, then use ui to select

the desired station.

Accessing XM Radio Stations Directly

Press [SEARCH].

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Adjust the position of the antenna until “SIGNAL:

GOOD” is shown on the display.

Press <STATUS> until the station you want to check

(example: “XM001”) is displayed.

Press [df] and select channel 0 (XM000).

The radio ID is shown on the display.

Radio ID

The strength of both the XM satellite and terrestrial signals can be checked at menu “Input Setup” – “Antenna Aiming” (vpage 36).

Press [NUMBER] then input the station’s channel.

Example: Accessing station “XM123”: [1] → [2] → [3]

b If no button is pressed within several seconds, the station

automatically switches to the one whose number has been input.

Press ENTER to set that station.

Reception switches to the selected station.

• “LOADING” is displayed while stations or data are being received.

• “UPDATING” is displayed while the encoding code is being updated.

• “XM - - -” is displayed if the selected channel cannot be used.



ENTERINPUT MODE uiop

uiop

[SEARCH]

[ iPod]

[iPod]

[CHANNEL

+ –

]

ENTER

INPUT MODE

[8],[9], [6],[7], [1],[2]

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

iPod® Playback

The music on an iPod can be played by using the Control Dock for iPod (ASD-1R, ASD-3N or ASD-3W, sold separately). The operation can also be performed using the buttons on the main unit or remote control unit while watching the menus.

iPod is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

b The iPod may only be used to copy or play contents that are not

copyrighted or contents for which copying or playback is legally permitted for your private use as an individual. Be sure to comply with applicable copyright legislation.

• With the default settings, the iPod can be used connected to the VCR (iPod) connector.

• Press <ON/STANDBY> and set the AVR-2808CI’s power to the standby mode before disconnecting the iPod. Also switch the input source to one to which the menu “iPod dock” is not assigned before disconnecting the iPod.

NOTE

• Depending on the type of iPod and the software version, some functions may not operate.

• DENON will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any loss of iPod data.

(AMP mode)

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit [ ] : Buttons on the remote control unit

Button name only:

Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

Basic Operation

Make the necessary preparations.

q Set the iPod in the DENON Control Dock for iPod. (vSee the Control Dock for iPod’s operating instructions.) w Assign the Control Dock for iPod’s input.

MENU : ”Input Setup” – “Assign” – ”iPod dock”

(vpage 36)

Either turn <SOURCE SELECT> or press [iPod] (AMP

mode) to select the input source assigned in step 1-w above.

OK to disconnect

(iPod screen)

b If the screens above are not displayed, the iPod may not be

properly connected. Try connecting again.

To operate using the main remote control unit, set the

remote control unit to the iPod mode.

(vpage 51 “Remote Control Unit Operations”)

Listening to Music

Use ui to select the menu, then press ENTER or p

to select the music  le to be played.

Press ENTER.

Playback starts.

Stopping playback temporarily

During playback, press ENTER or [1]. Press again to resume playback.

Fast-forwarding or fast-reversing

During playback, either press and hold u (to fast-reverse) or i (to fast-forward), or press [6] or [7].

To cue to the beginning of a track

During playback, either press u (to cue to the previous track) or i (to cue to the next track), or press [8] or [9].

To stop

During playback, either press and hold ENTER or press [2].

Playing repeatedly

Press [CHANNEL –].

[Selectable items]

MENU : ”Input Setup” – ”iPod” – “Repeat” (vpage 35)

All One Off



Shufﬂ ing playback

Press [CHANNEL +].

[Selectable items]

MENU : ”Input Setup” – ”iPod” – “Shufﬂ e” (vpage 36)

Searching up or down pages

Press [SEARCH], then press o (down) or p (up). To cancel, press ui or [SEARCH].

To switch between the Browse and Remote modes

Either press and hold [SEARCH].

Albums Songs OFF

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Other Operations and Functions

Other Operations

Playing Super Audio CDs

• The title name, artist name and album name can be checked by

pressing <STATUS> during playback.

• On the AVR-2808CI, folder and ﬁ le names can be displayed as titles. Any characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with “ . (period)”.

• The time for which the menus are displayed can be set at menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “On-Screen Display” – “iPod Information” (vpage 32).

Viewing Still Pictures or Videos on the iPod

Photo and video data on the iPod can be viewed on the monitor. Only for iPods equipped with slideshow or video functions. (When using an ASD-1R)

Press and hold [SEARCH] to set the Remote mode.

Watching the iPod’s screen, use ui to select

“Photos” or “Video”.

Press ENTER until the image you want to view is

displayed.

“TV Out” at the iPod’s “Slideshow Settings” or “Video Settings” must be set to “ON” in order to display the iPod’s photo data or videos on the monitor. For details, see the iPod’s operating instructions.

At the “HDMI” setting (vpage 35), select the input

source for “HDMI” is assigned.

The “ ” indicator lights on the display.

Use INPUT MODE to select “Auto” (vpage 34).

Select the input mode according to the program source to be

played.

Select the surround mode (vpage 36 ~ 38).

We recommend playing in the DIRECT mode.

Start playing the Super Audio CD.

The “ ” indicator lights on the display.

For operating instructions, refer to the respective equipment’s operating instructions.

• When playing DSD signals in the DIRECT or PURE DIRECT mode, the DSD signals are converted as such into analog signals. When playing in other surround modes, the DSD signals are ﬁ rst converted into PCM format, then into analog signals.

• “DSD DIRECT” is shown on the display when playing DSD 2-channel signals in the DIRECT mode. “DSD MULTI DIRECT” is shown on the display when playing DSD multi--channel signals in the DIRECT mode.



ZONE2 SOURCE ZONE2 TUNER ZONE2 XM····

RECOUT XM RECOUT TUNER RECOUT SOURCE······

CH SELECT

<POWER>

QUICK SELECT

uiop

QUICK SELECT

uio p

CH SELECT

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Recording on an External Device (REC OUT mode)

You can listen to one program source while recording a different program source.

Press <ZONE2/3 / REC SELECT>.

“ZONE2 SOURCE” is shown on the display.

Turn <SOURCE SELECT> until “RECOUT SOURCE”

is displayed.

The “ ” indicator lights.

Turn <SOURCE SELECT> to choose the input source

to be recorded.

Play the program source.

For operating instructions, refer to the respective equipment’s

operating instructions. To record FM or AM broadcasts, select the broadcast (vpage

44).

Start recording.

For operating instructions, refer to the respective equipment’s

operating instructions.

• To cancel, press <ZONE2/3 / REC SELECT>, then turn <SOURCE SELECT>

until “ZONE2 SOURCE” is displayed.

• Make a test recording before starting the actual recording.

• Signals are only output to the analog REC OUT connectors when the digital signals input to the digital input connectors (OPTICAL/ COAXIAL) are PCM (2-channel) signals.

• Digital audio signals input to the HDMI connectors are not output to the REC OUT connectors, so connect using the OPTICAL or COAXIAL connectors.

• Sources selected with the REC OUT mode are output from ZONE2 as well.

• In the REC OUT mode, the remote control unit’s ZONE2 mode buttons cannot be operated.

• The “XM” digital audio output signals are not output from the OPTICAL2 or OPTICAL3 output connectors.

NOTE

• Recordings you make are for your personal enjoyment and should not be used for other purposes without permission of the copyright holder.

• Input sources for which “Delete” is selected at “Source Delete”cannot be selected.

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit [ ] : Buttons on the remote control unit

Button name only:

Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit



Convenient Functions

Channel Volume

FL 0.0dBSR 0.0

C 0.0dB SBR 0.0

FR 0.0dB SBL 0.0

SW 0.0dB SL 0.0

Fader FRONT : REAR

Channel Level

You can adjust the channel level either according to the playback sources or to suit your taste, as described below.

Press CH SELECT.

Use ui or CH SELECT to select the speaker.

The speaker that can be set switches each time one of the

buttons is pressed.

Quick Select Function

With this function, the currently playing input source, input mode, surround mode, room EQ settings and volume can be stored in the memory.

Set the input source, input mode, surround mode,

room EQ settings and volume to the conditions you want to store.

Press and hold the desired QUICK SELECT.

Keep pressing the button until the quick select indicator lights.

[Quick Select Defaults]

Quick Select 1 DVD –40 dB Quick Select 2 TV/CBL –40 dB Quick Select 3 VCR –40 dB

Input Source Volume

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Last Function Memory

This stores the settings as they were directly before the standby mode was set. When the power is turned back on, the settings are restored to as they were directly before the standby mode was set.

Backup Memory

The various settings are backed up for about 1 week, even if the power is turned off or the power cord is disconnected.

Resetting the Microprocessor

Perform this procedure if the display is abnormal or if operations cannot be performed. When the microprocessor is reset, all the settings are reset to their default values.

Use o p to adjust the volume.

b “OFF” can be set by pressing o when the subwoofer’s volume is

set to –12 dB.

Fader Function

This function lets you adjust (fade) the sound from all the front or rear speakers at once.

Press CH SELECT.

Press ui or CH SELECT to select “Fader”.

Use o p to adjust the volume of the speakers.

(o: front, p: rear)

• The fader function does not affect the subwoofer.

• The fader can be adjusted until the volume of the speaker adjusted to the lowest value is –12 dB.

• To call out the settings, press QUICK SELECT at which the desired

settings were stored.

• The Quick Select name can be changed (vpage 32).

NOTE

Input sources stored with the quick select function cannot be selected if they have been deleted at menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “Source Delete” (vpage 31). In this case, store them again.

Personal Memory Plus Function

This function sets the settings (input mode, surround mode, etc.) last selected for the individual input sources. When you switch to an input source, the settings are automatically set to the ones that were set the last time that input source was used.

The surround parameters, tone control, room EQ settings and the volumes of the different speakers are stored for the individual surround modes.

Turn off the power using <POWER>.

Press <POWER> while simultaneously pressing

<STANDARD> and <DSP SIMULATION>.

Once the display starts ashing at intervals of about 1

second, release the two buttons.

If in step 3 the display does not ﬂash at intervals of about 1 second, start over from step 1.

0

[ AMP]

[NUMBER]

[MODE SELECTOR]

[RC SETUP]

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Remote Control Unit Operations

Main Remote Control Unit

• On the main remote control unit, the display switches according

to the device being operated and the mode.

• In modes other than iPod, the mode switches between“ ”

and “ ” each time the [MODE SELECTOR] is pressed.

• In the AMP, TUNER and iPod modes, when the remote ID is

set, the AVR-2808CI can be used independently even in an environment containing multiple DENON ampliﬁers.

Signal transmission indicator

Operating DENON Audio Components

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the component to be

operated.

The indicator for the component to be operated ﬂashes.

: AMP / ZONE2 / ZONE3 /

ZONE4z / SYSTEM CALL

: TUNER (FM/AM) / XM

: NET/USB /

DIGITAL TUNER

: Satellite Receiver / Cable TV

z The AVR-2808CI cannot be used in the ZONE4 and NET/DTU

modes.

b The mode switches each time [AMP] is pressed.

AMP modeH GZONE2 modeH GZONE3 modeH

: iPod

: DVD player (Recorder) /

CD player (Recorder)

: VCR / TAPE

: TV

Presetting

The included main remote control unit can be preset to operate devices of various brands.

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

preset.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [NUMBER] and input the 5-digit number of the

brand of the component to be preset. The numbers are shown in the Preset Code Table (vEnd of this manual).

When the code is registered, the signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice. When the preset code is transmitted, the mode indicator for the component to which that code belongs ﬂashes.

b The input mode is canceled if no button is operated for 10

seconds.

Some brands have more than one preset code. If the component does not operate, try inputting a different code.

Depending on the model and year of manufacture of your equipment, some buttons may not operate.

NOTE

The device mode (“ ” or “ ”) cannot be changed while the setting is being made.



GSYSTEM CALL modeH GZONE4 modeH

Operate the component.

b For details, refer to the component’s operating instructions.

[HOME] is used to return to the AMP mode (AMP, ZONE2, ZONE3, ZONE4 or SYSTEM CALL) when in any mode other than AMP.

Operating Preset Components

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the component to be

operated.

The mode indicator of the device to be operated ﬂashes.

Operate the component.

b For details, refer to the component’s operating instructions.

[MENU]

[CH + /

SHUFFLE],

[CH – /

REPEAT]

[SETUP/

SEARCH]

[ENTER]

[RETURN]

[0 ~ 9, +10]

[uiop]

[1], [8 9], [6 7], [3], [2], [SOURCE ON], [SOURCE OFF]

Functions of Buttons by Component

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

EL Display

Buttons

EL Display

MODE SELECTOR DVD VCR iPod

Device Mode

Device operated

8 9

6 7

3 2

SOURCE ON Power on Power on – – Power on – – SOURCE OFF Power off Power off – – Power off – –

MENU Menu/guide Menu/guide – – Menu/guide – Menu

u i o p

ENTER Enter setting Enter setting – – Enter setting – Enter

SETUP/SEARCH Set up Set up – – Set up –

RETURN Return Return – – Cancel – Return

CH + / SHUFFLE – – – – Switch channels –

CH - / REPEAT – – – – Switch channels –

0 ~ 9, +10 Select track Select track Select track Select track – – –

Special Remarks

GSpecial RemarksH

q Only one component can be preset for each mode. If a new code is preset, the previous code is automatically cleared. w The names of the functions for the DVD remote control buttons differ from brand to brand. Check beforehand.

DVD

(Default setting)

Playback Playback Playback Playback Playback Playback Playback/Pause

Auto search

(cue)

Manual search

(fast-reverse/ fast-forward)

Pause Pause Pause Pause Pause Pause –

Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop

Cursor Cursor – – Cursor – Cursor

DVD Recorder

Auto search

(cue)

Manual search

(fast-reverse/

fast-forward)

q, w q q q

(Default setting)

Auto search

(cue)

Manual search

(fast-reverse/

fast-forward)

CD Recorder VCR TAPE iPod

Auto search

(cue)

Manual search

(fast-reverse/

fast-forward)

Buttons

Auto search

(cue)

Manual search

(fast-reverse/

fast-forward)

Auto search

(cue)

Manual search

(fast-reverse/

fast-forward)

Auto search

Manual search

(fast-reverse/ fast-forward)

Page forward

screen / Browse/

Remote mode

switching (Press

and hold)

1-track/album

shufﬂe play

1-track/All-track

repeat play

NOTE

• Preset a DVD player or DVD recorder for the DVD ( ) mode. Preset a CD player or CD recorder for the DVD ( ) mode.

• Preset a VCR for the VCR ( ) mode. Preset a tape deck for the VCR ( ) mode.

(cue)

–



[MENU]

[CH +/–]

[TV/VCR]

[ENTER]

[DISPLAY]

[0 ~ 9, +10]

[uiop]

[SETUP]

[1], [8 9], [6 7], [3], [2], [SOURCE ON], [SOURCE OFF]

[CH +/–]

[SEARCH]

[SHIFT]

[A ~ G], [d f], [BAND], [MODE], [MEMO]

[ENTER]

[0 ~ 9]

[uiop]

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

EL Display

Buttons

EL Display

MODE SELECTOR TV Satellite Receiver / Cable TV

Device Mode

Device operated TV (HITACHI) TV (SONY) SAT SAT

8 9

6 7

3 2

SOURCE ON Power on Power on Power on Power on

SOURCE OFF Power off Power off Power off Power off

MENU Menu/guide Menu/guide Menu/guide Menu/guide

u i o p

ENTER Enter setting Enter setting Enter setting Enter setting SETUP Set up Set up Set up Set up

DISPLAY Display Display Display Display

CH + / – Switch channels Switch channels Switch channels Switch channels

0 ~ 9, +10 Channel selection Channel selection Channel selection Channel selection

TV/VCR Switch inputs Switch inputs – –

Special Remarks

GSpecial RemarksH

q Only one component can be preset for each mode. If a new code is preset, the previous code is automatically cleared. e The CD, VCR or DVD buttons (one only set) can be assigned to the monitor, satellite receiver and cable TV (vpage 55 “Punch Through

Function”).

Punch through Punch through Punch through Punch through

Buttons

Cursor Cursor Cursor Cursor

q, e q, e q, e q, e





Buttons

EL Display

MODE SELECTOR TU

Device Mode

Device operated Analog tuner XM

A ~ G Preset memory block selection Preset memory block selection

d f

BAND AM/FM switching – MODE Switch search modes – MEMO Preset memory registration Preset memory registration

u i o p

ENTER – –

SEARCH – Direct search

CH + / – Preset channel selection Preset channel selection

0 ~ 9 Preset channel selection (1 ~ 8)

SHIFT Switch memory block Switch memory block

Tuning + / – Channel selection

Buttons

– Category search

Preset channel selection (1 ~ 8) /

Direct channel search (0 ~ 9)

[ AMP]

[NUMBER]

[MODE SELECTOR]

[RC SETUP]

[ TU]

[ iPod]

Signal transmission indicator

MODE

SELECTOR

AMP (MAIN)

Remote ID

(Default)

2 82001 52795 52812 72816

3 83001 52800 52813 72817

4 84001

81001 52863 52864 72815

TUNER

(Analog

TUNER)

52805 52814

(XM)

iPod

72818

Point the main remote control units directly at each

other and press and hold the button on the other device’s remote control unit that you want to learn.

Once learning is completed normally, the display lights and the signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Other device’s remote control unit

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Setting the Remote ID

When using multiple DENON AV receivers in the same room, make this setting so that only the desired AV receiver operates.

Press [AMP] to set the main remote control unit to the

AMP mode.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Refer to the table at the right, and use [NUMBER] to

input the 5-digit number corresponding to the remote ID to be changed.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

NOTE

• When changing a setting, be sure to set the same remote ID as the

AVR-2808CI’s (vpage 32).

• When changing the AMP mode’s remote ID, also change the “TUNER” and “iPod” remote ID at the same time.

• Set the remote ID of an analog tuner for TUNER ( ), the XM remote ID for “

”

Learning Function

If your AV devices are of a brand other than DENON or if they cannot be operated with the preset memory function, their remote control signals can be transfered to stored in the AVR2808CI’s main remote control unit.

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

set.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [5], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice and the learning

mode is set.

Press the button to be set.

The main remote control unit’s display turns off.

b If a button that cannot be learned is pressed, the signal transmission

indicator lights but the signal is not learned.

AVR-2808CI’s main remote control unit (RC-1068)

b If you want to learn other buttons, repeat steps 4 and 5. b The mode can be switched by pressing [MODE SELECTOR]. b The signal transmission indicator lights once for a long time if

learning was not possible

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice and the setting

is completed.

• With some remote control units, the signals cannot be learned or the device will not operate properly even when the signals have been learned. In this case, use the device’s own remote control unit.

• Learned buttons have priority over the preset memory. If you no longer need the learned setting, reset the learning function (vpage

56).

NOTE

• [HOME] cannot be learned.

• Do not learn any remote control signals at [RC SETUP].

• The AMP, ZONE2, ZONE3, ZONE4 and SYSTEM CALL modes cannot be learned.

Press [TU] or [iPod] to select the mode to be set.

Repeat steps 2 to 4 to set the remote IDs for all

modes.



[NUMBER]

[RC SETUP]

[MODE

SELECTOR]

[ AMP]

[POWER

ON]

[SYSTEM

CALL]

[CHANNEL

+/–]

[8], [9], [6], [7], [1], [3], [2]

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Signal

transmission

indicator

System Call Function

This function lets you register a series of operations at a single button. For example, the ampliﬁer can be turned on, the input source selected, the monitor’s power turned on, the source device’s power turned on and the play mode set all by pressing a single button. Up to 32 signals each can be registered at [SYSTEM CALL] (1, 2 or 3).

Registering

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [8], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice and the system

call registration mode is set.

Press [SYSTEM CALL] (1, 2 or 3) at which you want to

Press the buttons you want to register in the same

sequence as the operations you want to perform.

The signal transmission indicator lights when a button is pressed.

Example : Press [POWER ON]. ↓ Press [MODE SELECTOR] – [DVD]. ↓

Press [1]. b The mode can be switched by pressing [MODE SELECTOR]. b Perform the registration procedure for all the buttons you want to

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice and the setting

is completed.

Calling out

Press [AMP], to select “SYSTEM CALL”.

Press [SYSTEM CALL] (1, 2 or 3) at which the signals

were registered.

The registered signals are transmitted in the registered

sequence.

Punch Through Function

CD, DVD or VCR mode buttons can be stored at unused TV or SAT/CBL mode buttons. For example, when DVD mode buttons are assigned to the TV mode, the DVD mode operations can be performed while in the TV mode.

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

punch through (CD, DVD or VCR).

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [8] and [4], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice and the punch

through setting mode is set.

Press the button you want to punch through (1, 2,

6, 7, 8, 9 or 3).

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

punch through (TV or SAT/CBL).

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice and the setting

is completed.

Setting the Time the Backlight Stays Lit

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [3], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice and the backlight

on time setting mode is set.

Set the light on time.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

[Settable times] : [1] : 5 sec. [2] : 10 sec. (Default) [3] : 15 sec. [4] : 20 sec. [5] : 25 sec.



Adjusting the Backlight’s Brightness

[CHANNEL+ / –]

[POWER OFF]

[REPEAT]

[POWER ON]

[RANDOM]

[SHIFT]

[MUTE]

[VOLUME+ / –]

[FAVORITES

[DIRECT PLAY]

[SOURCE SELECT]

[ZONE SELECT]

[TUNING+ / –]

[8],[9],

[1/3],[2]

The display’s brightness can be adjusted in 5 steps. (Default: Step 3)

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [CHANNEL +] or [CHANNEL –].

The display gets one step brighter when [+] is pressed.

The display gets one step darker when [–] is pressed.

Press [RC SETUP] to complete the setting.

Resetting the Main Remote Control Unit

System call function

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [8], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [SYSTEM CALL] (1, 2 or 3) you want to reset.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Punch-through function

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

reset (TV or SAT/CBL).

About the zone remote control

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

unit (RC-1071)

The sub remote control unit (RC-1071) included with the AVR2808CI can be used as the exclusive multi-zone remote control unit. b The following describes operation for the selected zone. (Use

[ZONE SELECT] to switch zones.)

• Turning the multi-zone power on and off

• Selecting the input source to be played

• Adjusting and temporarily muting the multi-zone volume

• Listening to the tuner

• Operating an iPod (Note that [FAVORITES DIRECT PLAY] can only

be used with the ASD-3W/3N.)

Learning Function

GResetting button by buttonH

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

reset.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [6], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press the button you want to reset twice.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

GResetting by device modeH

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

reset.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [7] and [6], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [MODE SELECTOR] for the device you want to

reset twice.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [8] and [4], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

All settings

Press and hold in [RC SETUP] for at least 3 seconds.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes twice.

Press [9], [8] and [1], in that order.

The signal transmission indicator ﬂashes 4 times.

All the settings are restored to their defaults.

ZONE SELECT Switching the zone to be operated

POWER OFF Power off

POWER ON Power on

SOURCE SELECT Switching the input zone

VOLUME + / - Volume control

CHANNEL + / - Channel + / –

TUNING + / - Tuning + / –

MUTE Muting SHIFT Switching the memory block

8 9

1/3

FAVORITES DIRECT PLAY Playing ﬁles registered at “FAVORITES”

REPEAT 1-track / All -track repeat play

RANDOM 1-track / album shufﬂe play

b When using a Control Dock for iPod (ASD-1R), [FAVORITES DIRECT

PLAY] cannot be used.

Auto search (cue) Stop Play / Pause



Z2L Z2R

SW C FR

SL SR

Z3L Z3R

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Amp Assign / Multi-zone Connections and Operations

The AVR-2808CI is compatible with the following types of playback:

• Multi-zone playback (ZONE2 & ZONE3)

• Bi-amp playback (front speakers)

NOTE

• For bi-amp playback, use speakers compatible with that type of connection.

• When conducting bi-amp playback, remove the short-circuiting boards (or wires) from the speaker terminals.

Setting 1 :

F Multi-zone playback

• 5.1-channel playback + ZONE2 or ZONE3 stereo playback

• 5.1-channel playback + ZONE2 + ZONE3 monaural playback

Main zone

5.1ch

ZONE2

Stereo

Mono

ZONE3

Stereo

Mono

Amp Assign mode:

ZONE2

ZONE3

ZONE2/3-MONO

(Default)

Multi-zone Settings with the Amp Assign Function

The amp assign function lets you assign the ampliﬁers for the different channels built into the AVR-2808CI to the speaker outputs for the different zones. Select the desired playback environment from among “Setting 1” to “Setting 4”, then set the corresponding “Amp Assign” mode at menu “Manual Setup” – “Option Setup” – “Amp Assign” (vpage 31). Connect the speakers as described at “Amp Assign mode settings and speakers connected to the various speaker terminals”.

“Setting 3” is possible to switch the Amp Assign mode between the 5.1-channel mode and 2-channel mode without changing the speaker connections.

“STEREO” or “MONO” depends on the setting at menu “Manual Setup” – “(select the zone)” – “Zone Setup” – “Channel” (vpage 30).

n Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker

terminals

Speaker terminal

Amp Assign mode

ZONE2

ZONE3 Z3R Z3L

ZONE2/3-MONO

FRONT

R L R L R L

FR FL C SR SL

CENTER

SURR

SURR. BACK / AMP ASSIGN

Z2R Z2L

(MONO)



SBL SBR

SW C FR

SL SR

Setting 2 :

C FR

L R

SL SR

C FR

L R

SL SR

F 7.1-channel playback

Main zone

Setting 3 : With this setting it is possible to switch between the following two playback modes.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

F 5.1-channel playback F 2-channel playback

Switching ················Surround Mode switching

Amp Assign mode:

7.1ch

n Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker

terminals

Speaker terminal

Amp Assign mode

7.1ch FR FL C SR SL SBR SBL

FRONT

CENTER

SURR

R L R L R L

SURR. BACK /

AMP ASSIGN

Main zone

5.1ch

Surround Mode

DIRECT / STEREO

Multi Channel /

Main zone

2ch

Amp Assign mode:

2ch

Surround

n Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker

terminals

Speaker terminal

Amp Assign mode

2ch FR FL C SR SL FR FL

FRONT

CENTER

SURR

R L R L R L

SURR. BACK / AMP ASSIGN



'- 48 '3

SW C FR

SL SR

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Setting 4 :

F Making bi-amp connections for the FL and FR channels in the main zone

and conducting 5.1-channel playback

(switching with other modes not possible)

Main zone

5.1ch

FL/FR

Bi-Amp

n Amp Assign mode setting and speakers connected to the various speaker

terminals

Speaker terminal

Amp Assign mode

Front A Bi-Amp

Front B Bi-Amp

Amp Assign mode:

Front A Bi-Amp

Front B Bi-Amp

FRONT-A FRONT-B

CENTER

SURR

SURR. BACK / AMP

R L R L R L R L

FR FL

FL-A/FR-A Bi-Amp

FR-A FL-A FR-B FL-B C SR SL

FR FL

FL-B/FR-B Bi-Amp

ASSIGN

connection

Multi-zone Settings and Operations with Zone Pre-out

Remote control unit

Output

Prepare power ampliﬁers for ZONE2 and ZONE3.

Connectors for audio output Audio signals Connectors for video output

ZONE2 ZONE2 PRE OUT Stereo ZONE2 VIDEO OUT

ZONE3 ZONE3 PRE OUT Stereo –

Main zone (7.1-channel system)

Monitor

DVD player

Remote control unit

AVR-2808CI

Input

ZONE2 video output

ZONE2 audio output

ZONE3 audio output

ZONE2

Monitor

Power ampliﬁer

ZONE3

Power ampliﬁer

: Multi-zone video cable : Multi-zone audio cable



• When only using one speaker for ZONE2 or ZONE3, set to “Mono”. In this case, the ZONE2 (ZONE3) monaural output is output from the ZONE2 (ZONE3) pre-out L and R connectors, so connect as desired.

• Separate power ampliﬁers are needed for ZONE2 and ZONE3.

Multi-zone Operations

SOURCE SELECT

VOLUME

[OFF]

[ON]

[MUTE]

VOLUME

SOURCE SELECT

[MUTE]

SOURCE

SELECT

[ON]

[OFF]

VOLUME

[ AMP]

[ON] [OFF]

Turning the Power On and Off

GOperation on the main unitH

Press <ZONE2 ON/OFF> or <ZONE3 ON/OFF> for the zone to be operated. When the power turns on, the multi-zone indicator ( or ) lights on the display.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Turning off the Sound Temporarily

In the zone mode for which you want to mute the sound, press [MUTE]. The sound is reduced to the level set at menu “Manual Setup” – “Zone Setup” – “(select the zone)” – “Mute Level” (vpage 30). To cancel, either adjust the volume or press [MUTE] again. The setting is canceled when the zone’s power is turned off.

(ZONE2 mode)

(Main remote control unit)

(ZONE3 mode)

GOperation on the remote control unitH

In the zone mode you want to operate, press [ON] or [OFF].

Selecting the Input Source

GOperation on the main unitH

q Press <ZONE2/3 / REC SELECT> and select the zone to be adjusted. w Turn <SOURCE SELECT>.

GOperation on the remote control unitH

In the zone mode you want to operate, press [SOURCE SELECT].

Adjusting the Volume

GOperation on the main unitH

q Press <ZONE2/3 / REC SELECT> and select the zone to be adjusted. w Turn <VOLUME> to adjust.

GOperation on the remote control unitH

In the zone mode whose volume you want to adjust, press [VOLUME].

– – – –70dB

The volume can be adjusted when menu “Manual Setup” – “Zone Setup” – “(select the zone)” – “Volume Level” is set to “VAR”. The volume can be increased up to the value set at menu “Manual Setup” – “Zone Setup” – “(select the zone)” – “Volume Limit” (vpage 30).

–40dB

+18dB[Variable range]

The source selected for ZONE2 is also output from the recording output connectors.

NOTE

• When the input source to which the digital input connectors (OPTICAL/COAXIAL) are assigned is selected in ZONE2 or ZONE3, playback is only possible if the digital signal being input is in PCM (2-channel) format.

• Digital audio signals input from the HDMI connectors cannot be played in multi-zone.

• When certain digital signals are being input, noise may be output from the ZONE2 and ZONE3 audio output connectors.

About the button names in these explanations

< > : Buttons on the main unit [ ] : Buttons on the remote control unit

Button name only:

Buttons on the main unit and remote control unit

(Sub remote control unit)

0

'- $48'3

43DI4-DI

'- $48'3

4-DI 43DI

4#DI

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Other Information

About Speaker Installation

Surround back speakers

Number of surround back speakers

We recommend using 2 speakers. When using dipolar speakers in particular, be sure to use 2 speakers.

Placement of the surround left and right channels when using surround back speakers

We recommend installing the speakers for the surround “L” and “R” channels a bit forward.

w Setting for primarily watching movies using diffusion type

speakers for the surround speakers

For the greatest sense of surround sound envelopment, diffuse radiation speakers such as bipolar types, or dipolar types, provide a wider dispersion than is possible to obtain from a direct radiating speaker (monopolar). Place these speakers at either side of the prime listening position, mounted above ear level.

Path of the surround sound from the speakers to the listening position

Sound positioning directly to the rear can be achieved easily by adding a surround back speaker to a 5.1-channel system. In addition, the acoustic image extending between the sides and the rear is narrowed, thus greatly improving the expression of the surround signals for sounds moving from the sides to the back and from the front to the point directly behind the listening position.

Change of positioning and acoustic image

with 5.1-channel systems

Movement of acoustic image from SR to SL

Change of positioning and acoustic image

with 6.1-channel systems

Examples of speaker layouts

Below we introduce examples of speaker layouts. Refer to these to arrange your speakers according to their type and how you want to use them.

G1H Using surround back speaker(s)

q When mainly playing movies

Recommended when your surround speakers are single or 2-way speakers.

Front speakers Center speaker

Monitor

Subwoofer

60°

Surround speakers

60°

Surround back speakers

As seen from above

Front speaker

H G

Surround speaker

As seen from the side

Surround back

2 to 3 feet /

60 to 90 cm

speaker

Point slightly downwards

Surround speakers

Front speaker

60°

Surround back speakers

As seen from above

H G

e When playing movies and music

Front speakers

Center speaker

Monitor

Subwoofer

45° ~ 60°

Surround speaker

Surround back

speaker

As seen from above

H G

Surround speaker

Front speaker

Surround speaker

As seen from the side

60 to 90 cm

As seen from the side

2 to 3 feet /

60 to 90 cm

2 to 3 feet /

Surround back

speaker

Surround back

speaker

Point slightly downwards

In addition to sources recorded in 6.1-channels, the surround effect of conventional 2- to 5.1-channel sources can also be enhanced.



Movement of acoustic image from SR to SB to SL

G2H When not using surround back speakers

Front speakers Center speaker

Monitor

Subwoofer

60°

Surround speaker

120°

Surround speakers

As seen from above

Front speaker

H G

As seen from the side

2 to 3 feet /

60 to 90 cm

Surround

The AVR-2808CI is equipped with a digital signal processing circuit that lets you play program sources in the surround mode to achieve the same sense of presence as in a movie theater.

Dolby Surround

Dolby Digital

Dolby Digital is a multichannel digital signal format developed by Dolby Laboratories. A total of 5.1-channels are played: 3 front channels (“FL” , “FR” and “C”), 2 surround channels (“SL” and “SR”) and the “LFE” channel for low frequencies. Because of this, there is no crosstalk between channels and a realistic sound ﬁeld with a “three-dimensional” feeling (sense of distance, movement and positioning) is achieved. A real, overpowering sense of presence is achieved when playing movie sources in AV rooms as well.

Dolby Digital Plus

Dolby Digital Plus is an improved Dolby Digital signal format that is compatible with up to 7.1-channels of discrete digital sound and also improves sound quality thanks to extra data bit rate performance. It is upwardly compatible with conventional Dolby Digital, so it offers greater ﬂexibility in response to the source signal and the conditions of the playback equipment.

Dolby TrueHD

Dolby TrueHD is a high deﬁnition audio technology developed by Dolby Laboratories, using lossless coding technology to faithfully reproduce the sound of the studio master. This format is compatible with a maximum sampling frequency of 96 kHz and up to 7.1-channels, so it is used for applications particularly prioritizing sound quality.

Dolby Pro Logic g

Dolby Pro Logic g is a matrix decoding technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. Regular music such as that on CDs is encoded into 5-channels to achieve an excellent surround effect. The surround channel signals are converted into stereo and full band signals (with a frequency response of 20 Hz to 20 kHz or greater) to create a “three-dimensional” sound image offering a rich sense of presence for all stereo sources.

Dolby Pro Logic gx

Dolby Pro Logic gx is a further improved version of the Dolby Pro Logic g matrix decoding technology.

Audio signals recorded in 2-channels are decoded to achieve a natural sound with up to 7.1-channels. There are 3 modes: “Music” suited for playing music, “Cinema” suited for playing movies, and “Game” which is optimized for playing games.

b Sources recorded in Dolby Surround

Sources recorded in Dolby Surround are indicated with the following logo marks. Dolby Surround support mark :

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

DTS Surround

DTS Digital Surround

DTS Digital Surround is the standard digital surround format of DTS, Inc., compatible with a sampling frequency of 44.1 or 48 kHz and up to 5.1-channels of digital discrete surround sound.

DTS-HD High Resolution Audio

DTS-HD High Resolution Audio is an improved version of the conventional DTS, DTS-ES and DTS 96/24 signals formats, compatible with sampling frequencies of 96 or 48 kHz and up to 7.1-channels of discrete digital sound. High data bit rate performance provides high quality sound. This format is fully compatible with conventional products, including conventional DTS digital surround 5.1-channel data.

DTS-HD Master Audio

DTS-HD Master Audio is DTS, Inc’s lossless audio format compatible with up to 96 kHz/7.1-channels. The lossless audio coding technology faithfully reproduces the sound of the studio master. It is fully compatible with conventional products, including conventional DTS digital surround 5.1-channel data.

DTS-ES™ Discrete 6.1

DTS-ES™ Discrete 6.1 is a 6.1-channel discrete digital audio format adding a surround back (SB) channel to the DTS digital surround sound. Decoding of conventional 5.1-channel audio signals is also possible according to the decoder.

DTS-ES™ Matrix 6.1

DTS-ES™ Matrix 6.1 is a 6.1-channel discrete digital audio format inserting a surround back (SB) channel to the DTS digital surround sound through matrix encoding. Decoding of conventional 5.1-channel audio signals is also possible according to the decoder.

DTS NEO:6™ Surround

DTS NEO:6™ is a matrix decoding technology for achieving 6.1channel surround playback with 2-channel sources. It includes “DTS NEO:6 CINEMA” suited for playing movies and “DTS NEO:6 MUSIC” suited for playing music.



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

DTS 96/24

DTS 96/24 is a digital audio format enabling high sound quality playback in 5.1-channels with a sampling frequency of 96 kHz and 24 bit quantization on DVD-Video.

Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #’s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,226,616; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS is a registered trademark and the DTS logos, Symbol, DTS-HD and DTS-HD Master Audio are trademarks of DTS, Inc.© 1996-2007 DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Neural Surround

Neural Surround™, a breakthrough in audio technology, will bring the excitement of surround music to more of America’s listening audience. It provides the rich envelopment and discrete image detail of surround sound in a format 100 % compatible with stereo. With superior spectral resolution and channel separation, Neural Surround™ draws the brain’s attention to sonic details in musical instruments, vocals, and ambience that are typically masked by other playback systems. This allows the listener to fully experience the richness and subtleties in recorded performance as never before. As the chosen format for XM Satellite Radio’s new XM HD surround programming, Neural Surround will help deliver more surround music to more listeners than any other broadcast format. XM Satellite Radio will be the ﬁrst radio company to broadcast surround sound on the radio 24 hours a day and will offer three channels fully dedicated to Neural Surround™ music. This alone will amount to more than 25,000 hours of Neural Surround™ music each year.

This product is manufactured under license from Neural Audio Corporation. D&M Holdings Inc. hereby grants the user a non-exclusive, nontransferable, limited license right exercisable to use the NA SURROUND Technology and other US and World Wide Patents Pending technology. “Neural” and “Neural Audio” and “Neural Surround” are trademarks of Neural Audio Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

Audyssey MultEQ XT

Audyssey MultEQ XT is a technology designed to provide the optimum listening environment for multiple listeners within the listening area. Test data collected from multiple listening points is analyzed comprehensively and equalization that improves the sound quality for the entire listening area is performed. Audyssey MultEQ XT not only corrects frequency response problems in large listening areas, it also fully automates the surround system setup. For a detailed description, see page 24.

Audyssey MultEQ XT is a trademark of Audyssey Laboratories. It is licensed under US and National Patent Applications 20030235318 and 10/700,220. Additional U.S. and Foreign Patents pending. MultEQ and the Audyssey MultEQ logo are trademarks of Audyssey Laboratories, Inc.. All rights reserved.

AL24 Processing Plus

AL24 Processing for All Channels

DENON has further developed its proprietary AL24 Processing, an analog waveform reproduction technology, to support the 192-kHz sampling frequency of DVD-Audio. AL24 Processing Plus, thoroughly suppresses quantization noise associated with D/A conversion of LPCM signals to reproduce the low-level signals with optimum clarity that will bring out all the delicate nuances of the music. Equipped foe not only front left and right channels but also for the surround left and right, center and subwoofer channels.

HDMI (High-Deﬁnition Multimedia Interface)

HDMI is a digital interface standard for next generation TVs based on DVI (Digital Visual Interface) standards and optimized for use in consumer equipment. Non-compressed digital video and multi-channel audio signals are transmitted with a single connection. HDMI is also compatible with HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Contents Protection), a technology for protecting copyrights that encrypts digital video signals in the same was as with DVI.

Deep Color

Eliminates on-screen color banding, for smooth tonal transitions and subtle gradations between colors. Enables increased contrast ratio. Can represent many times more shades of gray between black and white. At 30-bit pixel depth, a four times improvement would be the minimum, and the typical improvement would be eight times or more.

xvYCC

Next-generation “xvYCC” color space supports 1.8 times as many colors as existing HDTV signals. Lets HDTVs display colors more accurately. Enables displays with natural, vivid colors.

Lip Sync

Because consumer electronics devices are using increasingly complex digital signal processing to enhance the clarity and detail of the content, synchronization of video and audio in user devices has become a greater challenge and could potentially require complex enduser adjustments. HDMI 1.3 incorporates an automatic video/audio synching capability that allows devices to perform this synchronization automatically with total accuracy.

“HDMI”, “HDMI logo” and “High-Deﬁnition Multimedia Interface” are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.



Surround Modes and Parameters

Signals and adjustability in the different modes

Surround mode

Front L/R Center

PURE DIRECT, DIRECT

DSD DIRECT

DSD MULTI DIRECT

MULTI CH DIRECT

STEREO

EXT. IN

MULTI CH IN

WIDE SCREEN DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx S D D D D S (OFF) A A S S (NOTE1) DOLBY PRO LOGIC g S D D A D S (OFF) A A S S (NOTE2)

DTS NEO:6

DOLBY DIGITAL

DTS SURROUND

neural

7CH STEREO

SUPER STADIUM

ROCK ARENA

JAZZ CLUB

CLASSIC CONCERT

MONO MOVIE

VIDEO GAME

MATRIX

VIRTURL

S A A A D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A A A S A A A A A A A A A S D D D D A S ( 0 dB) A S A S D D D D A S ( 0 dB) S (ON) S A S A A A D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A A A S D D D D A A A A A S D D D D A S ( 0 dB) S (ON) S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S S (OFF)

S D D D D S (OFF) A A S S (NOTE1) S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) S (ON) S S (OFF) S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) S (ON) S S (OFF) S D D D D A A A S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S A S D D D D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A S A S A A A D S (OFF) S ( 0 dB) A A A

S : Signal / Adjustable A : No signal / Not adjustable D : Turned on or off by speaker conﬁguration setting

Channel output Parameter (default values are shown in parentheses)

Surround

L/R

Surround Back L/R

Subwoofer

D. COMP

S : Enable A : Unable

NOTE1 : This parameter is availabe when the menu “Parameter”

NOTE2 : This parameter is availabe when the menu “Parameter”

NOTE:

1 : When playing Dolby Digital and DTS signals.

2 : When playing Dolby Digital, DTS, DVD-Audio and Super

LFE

– “Surround Parameter” – “MODE” is set to “CINEMA” (vpage 38).

– “Surround Parameter” – “MODE” is set to “CINEMA” or “PL” (vpage 38).

Audio CD.

AFDM

SB CH OUT

CINEMA

EQ.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Surround mode

MODE ROOM SIZE LEVEL DELAY TIME Subwoofer

PURE DIRECT, DIRECT

DSD DIRECT

DSD MULTI DIRECT

MULTI CH DIRECT

STEREO

EXT. IN

MULTI CH IN

WIDE SCREEN DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx S (CINEMA) A A A A S (OFF) S (3) S (3) A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S DOLBY PRO LOGIC g S (CINEMA) A A A A S (OFF) S (3) S (3) A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S

DTS NEO:6

DOLBY DIGITAL

DTS SURROUND

neural

7CH STEREO

SUPER STADIUM

ROCK ARENA

JAZZ CLUB

CLASSIC CONCERT

MONO MOVIE

VIDEO GAME

MATRIX

VIRTURL

A A A A S A A A A A A S (OFF) S (NOTE5) S A A A A S A A A A A A A S (NOTE5) A A A A A A A A A A A A A S (NOTE5) A A A A A A A A A A A A S (OFF) S (OFF) A A A A A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A A A A A A A A A S A A A A A A A A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) A A A S (ON, 10) A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S

S (CINEMA) A A A A A A A S (0.3) A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S

A A A A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) A A A A A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) A A A A A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A A A A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A S (medium) S (10) A A A A A A A S (NOTE3) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A S (medium) S (10) A A A A A A A S (NOTE4) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A S (medium) S (10) A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A S (medium) S (10) A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A S (medium) S (10) A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A S (medium) S (10) A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A A A S (30 ms) A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S A A A A A A A A A A S (0 dB) S (OFF) S (OFF) S

S : Signal / Adjustable A : No signal / Not adjustable D : Turned on or off by speaker conﬁguration setting

Signals and adjustability in the different modes

Parameter (default values are shown in parentheses)

PRO LOGIC g/gx MUSIC mode only

PANORAMA DIMENSION

S : Adjustable A : Not adjustable

NOTE3 : BASS +6 dB, TREBLE 0 dB NOTE4 : BASS +6 dB, TREBLE +4 dB NOTE5 : Can be used according to the “Direct Mode” setting.

CENTER

WIDTH

NEO:6 MUSIC

mode only

CENTER

IMAGE

EXT. IN only

SUBWOOFER

ATT.

Tone Control Night Mode Room EQ RESTORER



Differences in Surround Mode Names Depending on the Input Signals

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

STANDARD

DTS SURROUND

DTS ES DSCRT6.1

DTS ES MTRX6.1

DTS SURROUND

DTS 96/24 DTS + PLgx CINEMA DTS + PLgx MUSIC

DTS + NEO:6

DTS NEO:6 CINEMA

DTS NEO:6 MUSIC

DOLBY SURROUND

DOLBY DIGITAL EX

DOLBY DIGITAL DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgx CINEMA DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgx MUSIC DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx CINEMA S S A A A A A A A A F A S A S DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx MUSIC S S A A A A A A A A S A S A S DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx GAME S S A A A A A A A A S A S A S DOLBY PRO LOGIC g CINEMA S S A A A A A A A A S A S A S DOLBY PRO LOGIC g MUSIC S S A A A A A A A A S A S A S DOLBY PRO LOGIC g GAME S S A A A A A A A A S A S A S

DOLBY PRO LOGIC

neural

MULTI CH IN

MULTI CH IN MULTI IN + PLgx CINEMA MULTI IN + PLgx MUSIC

MULTI CH IN 7.1

Button

Surround mode

Note

Input signals

DTS DOLBY DIGITAL DVD-AUDIO Super Audio CD

ANALOG

LINEAR

PCM

DTS ES

DSCRT

(With Flag)

DTS ES

MTRX

(With Flag)

DTS

(5.1ch)

DTS

96/24

DOLBY

DIGITAL EX

(With Flag)

DOLBY

DIGITAL EX

(With no

Flag)

DOLBY

DIGITAL

(5.1/5/4ch)

DOLBY

DIGITAL

(4/3ch)

DOLBY

DIGITAL

(2ch)

DVDAudio

(multi ch)

DVD-

Audio

(2ch)

DSD

(multi ch)

A A F D A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A F D A A A A A A A A A A A A A S S F A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A F A A A A A A A A A A A S S S S A A A A A A A A A A A S S S S A A A A A A A A A A A A S S S A A A A A A A A A S S A A A A A A A A S A S A S S S A A A A A A A A S A S A S

A A A A A A S S S S A A A A A A A A A A A S F F F A A A A A A A A A A A F D S S S A A A A A A A A A A A S S S S A A A A A

S S A A A A A A A A S A S A S S S A A A A A A A A A A S A A

A A A A A A A A A A A F A F A A A A A A A A A A A A S A S A A A A A A A A A A A A S A S A A A A A A A A A A A A S A A A

DSD (2ch)

NOTE:

1: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “None”.

2: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “1spkr” or “None”.

F : Mode selectable in initial status D : Mode ﬁxed when “AFDM” is “ON” S : Selectable mode A : Non-selectable mode



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Button

Surround mode

DIRECT

DSD DIRECT

DSD MULTI DIRECT

MULTI CH DIRECT M DIRECT + PLgx CINEMA M DIRECT + PLgx MUSIC

M DIRECT 7.1

PURE DIRECT

DSD PURE DIRECT

DSD MULTI PURE

MULTI CH PURE DIRECT M PURE D + PLgx CINEMA M PURE D + PLgx MUSIC

M CH PURE DIRECT 7.1

DSP SIMULATION

7CH STEREO

WIDE SCREEN

SUPER STADIUM

ROCK ARENA

JAZZ CLUB

CLASSIC CONCERT

MONO MOVIE

VIDEO GAME

MATRIX

VIRTUAL

STEREO

Note

Input signals

DTS DOLBY DIGITAL DVD-AUDIO Super Audio CD

ANALOG

LINEAR

PCM

DTS ES

DSCRT

(With Flag)

DTS ES

MTRX

(With Flag)

DTS

(5.1ch)

DTS

96/24

DOLBY

DIGITAL EX

(With Flag)

DOLBY

DIGITAL EX

(With no

Flag)

DOLBY

DIGITAL

(5.1/5/4ch)

DOLBY

DIGITAL

(4/3ch)

DOLBY

DIGITAL

(2ch)

DVDAudio (multi

ch)

DVD-

Audio

(2ch)

DSD

(multi

ch)

DSD (2ch)

S S S S S S S S S S S A S A S A A A A A A A A A A A A A A S A A A A A A A A A A A A A S A A A A A A A A A A A A S A S A

A A A A A A A A A A A S A S A A A A A A A A A A A A S A S A A A A A A A A A A A A S A A A

S S S S S S S S S S S A S A S A A A A A A A A A A A A A A S A A A A A A A A A A A A A S A A A A A A A A A A A A S A S A

A A A A A A A A A A A S A S A A A A A A A A A A A A S A S A A A A A A A A A A A A S A A A

S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

F F S S S S S S S S S S F S F



NOTE :

1: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “None”.

2: This mode is not available when the surround back speaker setup is set to “1spkr” or “None”.

3: If the surround back speaker setup is set to “None”, then “5CH STEREO” is displayed.

F : Mode selectable in initial status S : Selectable mode A : Non-selectable mode

Relationship Between Video Signals and Monitor Output

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Video convert

HDMI COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO HDMI COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO

A A A A A A A A A A A S A A S A A A S S A S (1080p) A A A A S (480p ~ 720p) A A A S (480i / 576i) A A A S (1080p) A S A S (480p ~ 720p) A S A S (480i / 576i) A S A S (1080p) S A A S (480p ~ 720p) S A A S (480i / 576i) S A A S (1080p) S S A S (480p ~ 720p) S S

A S (480i / 576i) S S S A A A S A A S S A S A S A S S S S (Other than 480i / 576i) A A S S (480i / 576i) A A S S (1080p) A S S S (480p ~ 720p) A S S S (480i / 576i) A S S S (Other than 480i / 576i) S A S S (480i / 576i) S A S S (Other than 480i / 576i) S S S S (480i / 576i) S S

S : Signal input A : No signal

480p ~ 720p: 480p / 576p / 1080i / 720p

Input signals MONITOR OUT

VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO

COMPONENT COMPONENT COMPONENT COMPONENT COMPONENT COMPONENT

VIDEO COMPONENTz1 VIDEO VIDEO

COMPONENTz1 COMPONENTz1 COMPONENTz1 COMPONENTz1 COMPONENT VIDEO

S-VIDEO COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO

COMPONENTz2 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO COMPONENTz2 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO

S-VIDEO COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO

COMPONENTz2 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO COMPONENTz2 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO

HDMI HDMIz1 VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO HDMIz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO HDMIz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO S-VIDEO

HDMI COMPONENT

HDMI COMPONENT COMPONENT COMPONENT HDMIz1 COMPONENTz1 VIDEO VIDEO HDMIz1 COMPONENTz1 HDMIz1 COMPONENTz1 COMPONENT VIDEO HDMIz2 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO HDMIz2 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO HDMIz2 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO HDMIz2 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO S-VIDEO

A : Not output

1 : On-screen display superimposed on video signal and output.

2 : On-screen display superimposed on S-Video signal and output.

3 : Video signals are output when the analog to HDMI convert function is set

to “OFF”.

COMPONENT :

HDMI : The on-screen display is displayed when the analog to HDMI

: Video signals are not output when the analog to HDMI convert

COMPONENT

A A A

On-screen display only displayed for MENU and PARA buttons on the main remote control unit.

convert function is set to “ON”.

function is set to “OFF”.

A A A A

Az3

A A

Az3

VIDEO

• The main zone video conversion function is compatible with the following format: NTSC, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL-N, PAL-M and PAL-60.

• When SECAM signals of video input are up-converted, the signals are output in PAL format from the S-Video connector.

• When the input signal is a component 1080i or 720p signal, the signal upconverted to HDMI is output with that resolution or 1080p.

• When the input signal is a video, S-Video or component 480i, 480p, 576i or 576p signals, the signal up-converted to HDMI is output according to

the setting made at “Resolution” under “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI Video Setup” (vpage 28).

• Signals up-converted to HDMI are output to the HDMI monitor with the resolution at which they are input.



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Video convert

OFF

n ZONE2 monitor out

S-VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO

A A A A S S (VIDEO) S A S (S-VIDEO) S S S (S-VIDEO)

S : Signal present A : No signal

S-VIDEO

MONITOR OUT

— — —

Used

Not used

— — —

Used

Not used

— — —

Used

Not used

— — —

Used

Not used

Input

HDMI COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO HDMI COMPONENT S-VIDEO VIDEO

A A A A A A A A A A A S A A A A A S A A A A A S S A A A A S S A A A S A A A A S A S A A S S A A A S S S A

A S S S A S A A A S A A S S A S A S A S S S A S S S S A A S S A S S S S A S S S S S S S S

S : Signal input A : No signal

S : Output present A : No output

Input signals MONITOR OUT

COMPONENT COMPONENTz1 COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO VIDEOz2 COMPONENTz1 — VIDEO

A A A A A A A A

On-screen display only displayed for MENU and PARA buttons on the main remote control unit.

convert function is set to “ON”.

Monitor out

HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI COMPONENT HDMI COMPONENTz1 HDMI COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO HDMI COMPONENTz2 S-VIDEO VIDEOz2 HDMI COMPONENTz1 — VIDEO

A : Not output

1 : On-screen display superimposed on video signal and output.

2 : On-screen display superimposed on S-Video signal and output.

COMPONENT :

HDMI : The on-screen display is displayed when the analog to HDMI

S-VIDEO S-VIDEO VIDEOz2

— VIDEO

A A A

S-VIDEO S-VIDEO VIDEOz2

— VIDEO

A A A

VIDEO



Troubleshooting

If a problem should arise, ﬁrst check the following:

1. Are the connections correct?

2. Is the set being operated as described in the owner’s manual?

3. Are the other components operating properly?

If this unit does not operate properly, check the items listed in the table below. Should the problem persist, there may be a malfunction. In this case, disconnect the power immediately and contact your store of purchase.

GGeneralH

Symptom Cause Countermeasure Page

Power does not turn on, or turns off directly after it was turned on.

No sound is produced from speakers.

Display is off. • The “Dimmer” setting is set to

“DOLBY DIGITAL” indicator does not appear on display.

• Connection of the power cord is faulty.

• Connection with the input devices or connection of the speaker cables is faulty.

• Device you want to play and set input source do not match.

• Master volume is turned too low.

• Mute mode is set.

• Headphones are connected.

• No digital signals are being input.

• The connectors to which the digital inputs are assigned and the settable input modes do not match.

“OFF”.

• The PURE DIRECT mode is set.

• DVD player’s digital audio output setting is not proper.

• Check that the power plugs are securely inserted into the AVR2808CI’s AC inlets and the wall power outlet.

• Check the connections.

• Select an appropriate input source.

• Adjust the master volume to an appropriate level.

• Cancel the mute mode.

• Disconnect the headphones.

• Select an input source for which the digital input setting has been made.

• Set the input mode.

• Set to something other than “OFF”.

• Set a surround mode other than the PURE DIRECT mode.

• Check the DVD player’s audio output setting. For details, read the DVD player’s operating instructions.

43 43 35

–

Symptom Cause Countermeasure Page

Power turns off suddenly and power indicator ﬂashes red.

GRemote Control UnitH

Symptom Cause Countermeasure Page

Set does not work properly when remote control unit operated.

• Protection circuit activated due to rise of internal temperature.

• Core wires of two speakers are touching each other or a core wire is sticking out of the terminal and touching the set’s rear panel, activating the protection circuit.

• Speakers with an impedance other than speciﬁed are being used.

• Set is damaged.

• Batteries are worn.

• You are operating outside of the speciﬁed range.

• Obstacle between main unit and remote control unit.

• The batteries are not inserted in the proper direction, as indicated by the polarity marks in the battery compartment.

• The set’s remote control sensor is exposed to strong light (direct sunlight, inverter type ﬂuorescent bulb light, etc.).

• The remote ID of the main unit and remote control unit do not match.

• Turn off the power, wait for the set to fully cool down, then turn the power back on.

• Place the set in a well-ventilated place.

• First unplug the power cord, then twist the core wires tightly or terminate the speaker cables, then reconnect.

• Use speakers with the speciﬁed impedance.

• Turn off the power and contact a DENON service center.

• Replace with new batteries.

• Operate within the speciﬁed range.

• Remove the obstacle.

• Insert the batteries in the proper direction, following the polarity marks in the battery compartment.

• Move the set to a place in which the remote control sensor will not be exposed to strong light.

• Set the same remote IDs for the main unit and remote control unit.

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

–

3 3

0

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

GAudioH

No sound is produced from center speaker.

No sound is produced from surround speakers.

No sound is produced from surround back speaker.

No sound is produced from subwoofer.

No test tones are produced when main remote control unit’s TEST TONE button is pressed.

DTS sound is not output.

HDMI audio signals are not output from speakers.

Symptom Cause Countermeasure Page

• Monaural source (monitor, AM station, etc.) being played in STANDARD mode.

• The surround mode is set to “STEREO”, “DIRECT” or “PURE DIRECT”.

• The surround back speaker’s power ampliﬁer is assigned to a different channel.

• Surround back speaker setting is set to “None”.

• Surround mode not set to a mode for 6.1- or 7.1-channel playback.

• Subwoofer’s power not turned on.

• The “Subwoofer” setting at “Speaker conﬁguration” is set to “No”.

• The subwoofer is not properly connected.

• The subwoofer’s volume is turned off.

• Surround mode not set to “STANDARD”.

• DVD player’s audio output setting is not set to bitstream.

• DVD player is not compatible with DTS sound playback.

• The AVR-2808CI’s “Decode Mode” setting is set to “PCM”.

• The “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI Audio Setup” – “HDMI Audio Out” setting is set to “TV”.

• The mode is set to something other than “STANDARD”.

• Set to a surround playback mode.

• Check the setting and change it as necessary.

• Set to something other than “None”.

• Select a surround playback mode.

• Turn on the subwoofer’s power.

• Set to “Yes”.

• Check the connections.

• Adjust the subwoofer’s volume to an appropriate level.

• Set to the STANDARD mode. 37

• Set the DVD player. For details, refer to the DVD player’s operating instructions.

• Use a DTS-compatible player.

• Set to the “Auto” or “DTS” mode.

• Set to “AMP”. 27

36, 37

–

Symptom Cause Countermeasure Page

No sound is output from the monitor connected with HDMI connections.

GVideoH

Symptom Cause Countermeasure Page

No picture appears.

No picture appears with HDMI connections.

Picture cannot be recorded.

DVDs cannot be copied on a VCR.

• The “Manual Setup” – “HDMI Setup” – “HDMI Audio Setup” – “HDMI Audio Out” setting is set to “AMP”.

• The connections between the AVR-2808CI and monitor are faulty.

• The monitor’s input setting is wrong.

• PURE DIRECT mode is set.

• The player is connected using the component input connectors, the monitor is connected using the video (yellow) or S-Video output connectors.

• The connections to the HDMI connectors are faulty.

• HDMI input setting is improper.

• The monitor is not compatible with copyright protection (HDCP).

• The HDMI format of the player and monitor do not match.

• Input source does not match recorder’s video connection connector (video or S-Video).

–

• Set to “TV”. 27

• Check the connections.

• Set properly.

• Cancel the PURE DIRECT mode.

• High deﬁnition (1080i/720p) and progressive (480p/576p) video signals are not down-converted. Set the player to interlace (480i/576i) signals.

• Check the connections.

• Check the HDMI input setting.

• Connect a monitor that is compatible with copyright protection (HDCP).

• Match the HDMI format of the player and monitor.

• The video conversion function does not work for the REC OUT connectors. Match the input source and recorder connections.

• This is not a malfunction. Most movie software includes copy prevention signals and cannot be copied.

11 ~ 20

–



GiPodH

Symptom Cause Countermeasure Page

iPod cannot be played.

GXM Satellite RadioH

Symptom Cause Countermeasure Page

”CHECK ANTENNA” is displayed in the XM mode.

”NO SIGNAL” is displayed in the XM mode.

”OFF AIR” is displayed in the XM mode.

Receiving only XM channels 0 and 1.

• The input source assigned to “iPod dock” is not selected.

• Cable is not properly connected.

• Control Dock for iPod’s AC adapter is not connected to power outlet.

• AVR-2808CI’s XM connector and the XM Mini-Tuner and Home Dock is not properly connected.

• The signal cannot be received. • Reposition your XM Mini-Tuner

• The selected channel is not currently broadcasting.

• The XM Tuner is not activated. • Contact XM Radio. 45

• Switch to the input source assigned at “iPod dock”.

• Reconnect.

• Plug the Control Dock for iPod’s AC adapter into a power outlet.

• Check that the connections are correct.

and Home Dock antenna.

• Select another channel. 45, 46

Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

–



Getting Started Connections Setup Playback Remote Control Multi-Zone Information Troubleshooting

Speciﬁcations

Audio section

• Power amplifer Rated output: 110 W + 110 W (8 Ω/ohms, 20 Hz ~ 20 kHz with 0.05 % T.H.D.) 140 W + 140 W (6 Ω/ohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % T.H.D.)

Center: 110 W (8 Ω/ohms, 20 Hz ~ 20 kHz with 0.05 % T.H.D.) 140 W (6 Ω/ohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % T.H.D.) Surround: 110 W + 110 W (8 Ω/ohms, 20 Hz ~ 20 kHz with 0.05 % T.H.D.) 140 W + 140 W (6 Ω/ohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % T.H.D.) Surround Back: 110 W + 110 W (8 Ω/ohms, 20 Hz ~ 20 kHz with 0.05 % T.H.D.)

140 W + 140 W (6 Ω/ohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % T.H.D.) Dynamic power:

170 W x 2ch (4 Ω/ohms) Output terminals: Front: A or B A + B Center, Surround, Surr. Back: 6 ~ 16 Ω/ohms

• Analog Input sensitivity / Input impedance: Frequency response: S/N: Distortion: Rated output:

• Digital D/A output: Total harmonic distortion — 0.008 % (1 kHz, at 0 dB) S /N ratio — 102 dB Dynamic range — 96 dB Digital input:

• Phono equalizer (PHONO input — REC OUT) Input sensitivity: RIAA deviation: S/N: Rated output: Distortion factor:

Video section

• Standard video terminals Input / output level and impedance: Frequency response:

• S-Video terminals Input / output level and impedance:

C (color) signal — 0.286 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms

Frequency response:

• Color component video terminal Input / output level and impedance:

P P

Frequency response:

Front (A, B):

120 W x 2ch (8 Ω/ohms)

6 ~ 16 Ω/ohms

8 ~ 16 Ω/ohms

200 mV / 47 kΩ/kohms 10 Hz ~ 100 kHz — +1, –3 dB (DIRECT mode) 102 dB (DIRECT mode)

0.005 % (20 Hz ~ 20 kHz) (DIRECT mode)

1.2 V

Rated output — 2 V (at 0 dB playback)

Format — Digital audio interface

2.5 mV ±1 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz) 74 dB (A weighting, with 5 mV input) 150 mV

0.03 % (1 kHz, 3 V)

1 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms 5 Hz ~ 10 MHz — +0, –3 dB

Y (brightness) signal — 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms

5 Hz ~ 10 MHz — +0, –3 dB

Y (brightness) signal — 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms

B / CB signal — 0.7 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms R / CR signal — 0.7 Vp-p, 75 Ω/ohms

5 Hz ~ 100 MHz — +0, –3 dB (when video convert set to “OFF”)

Tuner section [FM] [AM]

(note: µV at 75 Ω/ohms, 0 dBf = 1 x 10

Receiving Range: 87.5 MHz ~ 107.9 MHz 520 kHz ~ 1710 kHz Usable Sensitivity: 1.0 µV (11.2 dBf) 18 µV 50 dB Quieting Sensitivity: MONO 1.6 µV (15.3 dBf)

STEREO 23 µV (38.5 dBf) S/N (IHF-A): MONO 77 dB STEREO 72 dB Total harmonic Distortion (at 1 kHz): MONO 0.15 % STEREO 0.3 %

General

Power supply: AC 120 V, 60 Hz Power consumption:

0.3 W (Standby)

Maximum external dimensions: Weight: 12.8 kg (28 lbs 3.5 oz)

Main remote control unit (RC-1068)

Batteries: LR6/AA Type (two batteries) Maximum external dimensions: Weight: 190 g (Approx 6.7 oz) (including batteries)

Sub remote control unit (RC-1071)

Batteries: R03/AAA Type (two batteries) Maximum external dimensions: Weight: 80 g (Approx 2.8 oz) (including batteries)

z For purposes of improvement, speciﬁcations and design are subject to change without notice.

6.0 A

434 (W) x 171 (H) x 420 (D) mm (17-3/32” x 6-47/64” x 16-17/32”)

63 (W) x 238 (H) x 31 (D) mm (2-31/64” x 9-3/8” x 1-7/32”)

54 (W) x 115 (H) x 23 (D) mm (2-1/8” x 4-17/32” x 29/32”)

-15



List of preset codes / Liste de codes préréglés

Denon Amp

Denon 81001, 82001, 83001, 84001

Denon Tuner

Denon (Analog) 52863, 52795, 52800, 52805

Denon (XM Radio) 52864, 52812, 52813, 52814

Denon iPod

Denon 72815, 72816, 72817, 72818

Cable

A-Mark 00008, 00144

ABC 00237, 00003, 00008 Accuphase 00003 Acorn 00237 Action 00237 Active 00237 ADB 01230 Aichi Denshi 01512 Americast 00899 Amstrad 01222 Archer 00237 Auna 01230 Austar 00276 BCC 00276

Bell South 00899 Bestlink 00303 Birmingham Cable

Communications British Telecom 00003 Cable & Wireless 01068

Century 00008 Coship 01462 Daehan 00778

Daeryung 01877, 00877, 00477, 00008 Digeo 01187 Director 00476 DX Antenna 01500 Emerson 00303

Encon 00008 Fosgate 00276

Foxtel 01222 France Telecom 00817 Freebox 01482 Fujitsu 01497 Galaxi 00008

GE 00237, 00144

00276

Gehua 00476 General Instrument 00476, 00810, 00276, 00003 Gibralter 00003 GNI 01466 GoldStar 00144 Hitachi 00003, 00008

Hongtian Jiangsu 01462 Hwalin 00303 Insight 00476, 00810

Jerrold 00476, 00810, 00276, 00003

Jiuzhou 01445 KNC 00008

LG 00144

Macab 00817

Madritel 01230 Maspro 01510 Matav 01082 Memorex 00000 Mitsubishi 00003

Motorola

MS 00303 NEC 01496

Noos 00817 Nova Vision 00008 Novaplex 00008 NTL 00276, 00003, 01060, 01068 Oak 00303

Ono 01068 Optus 00276, 01060

Pace

Panasonic 00000, 00008, 00144, 01488 Paragon 00000, 00008, 00525 Penney 00000 Philips 01305, 00317, 00817

Pioneer

Pulsar 00000 PVP Stereo Visual

Matrix Quasar 00000

RadioShack 00303

Regal 00276 Runco 00000 Sagem 00817

Salora 00000

Samsung

Scientiﬁc Atlanta

Skyworth 01464 Sony 01006, 01460

01376, 00476, 00810, 00276, 01187

01877, 00877, 00237, 00008, 01060, 01068, 01577

01877, 00877, 00144, 00533, 01500

00003

00003, 00000, 00144, 00778, 00840, 01060, 01666 01877, 00877, 00477, 00237, 00003, 00000, 00008, 01510

Sprucer 00144 Starcom 00003 StarHub 00276 Sumitomo 01500, 01504 Supercable 00276 Taihan 00778

TCL 01445 Telewest 01068 Time Warner cable 01877 TongKook 00840 Torx 00003 Toshiba 00000, 01509 Trans PX 00276, 00303 TS 00003, 00303 United Cable 00276, 00003

US Electronics 00276, 00003, 00008 Videoway 00000

Visiopass 00817 Zenith 00000, 00525, 00899

Cable/PVR Combination

Americast 00899

Digeo 01187

Freebox 01482

General Instrument 00810

Jerrold 00810

Motorola 01376, 00810, 01187

Pace 01877, 00237

Pioneer 01877, 00877 Scientiﬁc Atlanta 01877, 00877

Sony 01006 Supercable 00276 Time Warner cable 01877

Zenith 00899

CD Player

Acoustic Research 40420

Advantage 40032 Aiwa 40157 Arcam 40157 Audio Research 40157 Audiolab 40157 Audiomeca 40157 Audioton 40157 AVI 40157

Balanced Audio

Technology Burmester 40420

Bush 40388

40157

Cairn 40157

California Audio Labs Cambridge 40157 Cambridge Audio 40157

Cambridge Soundworks

Carver 40157, 40179 CDC 40420 CEC 40420 Copland 40393 Curtis Mathes 40032 Cyrus 40157

Denon

DKK 40000 DMX Electronics 40157 Dual 40003 Dynaco 40157 Dynamic Bass 40179 Fisher 40000, 40179

Garrard 40393, 40420

Genexxa 40000, 40032, 40037, 40179 Goldmund 40157 Grundig 40157 Haﬂer 40173

Harman/Kardon 40100, 40157, 40173 Hitachi 40032 Inkel 40157

Integra 40101 Jerrold 40003

JVC 40032, 40072

Kenwood

KLH 41318 Krell 40157 Linn 40157

Loewe 40157 Luxman 40393 LXI 40179 Magnavox 40157

Marantz 40029, 40157 Matsui 40157 MCS 40029

Memorex

Meridian 40157 Micromega 40157 Miro 40000 Mission 40157

Modulaire

MTC 40420

40029, 40303

40157

40873, 40003, 40766,

[42867]z, 42868

40681, 40000, 40029, 40157, 40028, 40037, 40036, 40190

40000, 40032, 40179, 40420, 40468

40000, 40032, 40087, 40179, 40420, 40468

Musical Fidelity 40393 Myryad 40157 NAD 40000, 40721

Naim 40157 NSM 40157 Onkyo 40868, 40101

Optimus

Orion 40393 Panasonic 40029, 40303, 40388, 40752

Parasound 40420 Penney 40029 Philips 40157 Pioneer 40032, 40101, 40468 Polk Audio 40157 Proceed 40420 Proton 40157 QED 40157

Quad 40157 Quasar 40029 Radiola 40157

RadioShack

RCA

Realistic

Restek 40157 Revox 40157 Roksan 40420 Rotel 40157, 40420 Royal 40420 SAE 40157

Saisho 40000 Sansui 40000, 40157 Sanyo 40000, 40087, 40179 SAST 40157 Sears 40179 Sharp 40037 Siemens 40157 Silsonic 40036 Simaudio 40157 Sonic Frontiers 40157

Sony

Sugden 40157 Sylvania 40157 TAG McLaren 40157

Tandy 40032

40000, 40032, 40037, 40087, 40179, 40393, 40420, 40468

40000, 40032, 40179, 40420, 40468 40032, 40053, 40179, 40420, 40468 40000, 40032, 40087, 40179, 40420, 40468

40490, 40000, 40100, 41364, 40185

PRESET CODE



Tascam 40393, 40420 Teac 40490, 40393, 40420 Technics 40029, 40303 Techwood 40303 Thomson 40053 Thorens 40157 Thule Audio 40157 Tokai 40420 Universum 40157, 40053

Victor 40072

Wadia 40393

Wards

Yamaha 40490, 40868, 40032, 40036

Yorx 40000

40000, 40032, 40157, 40053, 40087, 40179

CD Recorder

Denon 40766, 42868

JVC 40072

RCA 40053, 40420

Sony 40000, 40100, 41364

Teac 40420

Thomson 40053

Tape Deck

Aiwa 20029, 20197, 20200, 21315

Akai 20283, 20439 Arcam 20076 Audiolab 20029 Carver 20029

Denon

Fisher 20074

Garrard 20308, 20309, 20375, 20439

Genexxa 20439 GoldStar 20375 Grundig 20029, 20375 Harman/Kardon 20182, 20029, 21314

Inkel 20070, 20071, 20337

JVC

Kenwood

LG 20375

Luxman 20308, 20309 Magnavox 20029

Marantz 20029, 20009 Memorex 20099 Mitsubishi 20283, 20439 Myryad 20029 Onkyo 20135, 20136, 20282

Optimus 20027, 20220, 20337, 20439

20076, 20371, 21311,

[22471]

20244, 20273, 20274, 20303, 20304, 20310, 21309 20070, 20071, 20092, 20233, 20234, 21364

Orion 20308, 20309 Palladium 20375

Panasonic 20229 Philips 20029, 20229 Phonotrend 20337

Pioneer

Polk Audio 20029 Radiola 20029

RCA 20027, 20220 Revox 20029 Sansui 20029, 20009

Sanyo 20074 Sharp 20231, 20371 Sherwood 20337 Sonic 20375

Sony

TaeKwang 20439

Tandberg 20109

Teac

Technics 20229 Technovox 20229 Thorens 20029 Universum 20375, 20439

Victor 20244, 20273, 20274

Wards 20027, 20029

Wharfedale 20439 Yamaha 20097, 20094

20027, 20220, 20099, 20109, 21306, 21312

20243, 20170, 20291, 20234, 21313

20280, 20283, 20289, 20308, 20309

HDTV Tuner

ABS 01272

Accurian 01653 Alienware 01272 CyberPower 01272

D-Link 01554

Dgtec 01363 Epson 01563

Gateway 01272

Hewlett Packard 01272, 01267

Howard Computers 01272 HP 01272, 01267 Hush 01272 iBUYPOWER 01272

LG 01415

Linksys 01272, 01365 Media Center PC 01272

Microsoft 01272, 01805 Mind 01272 Motorola 01363 Niveus Media 01272

Northgate 01272 Packard Bell 01272

Panasonic 01120 Pioneer 01010 Ricavision 01272

Samsung 01190, 01490

Sensory Science 01126 Sharp 01010 SMC 01456 Sony 01272, 01324, 01364 Stack 9 01272 Sylvania 01563 Systemax 01272 Tagar Systems 01272

Toshiba 01272 Touch 01272 Viewsonic 01272, 01329

Vizio 01126 Voodoo 01272 Xbox 01805

ZT Group 01272

Satellite Receiver

@sat 01300

@Sky 01334 A-Mark 00345 ABsat 00123, 00713

ADB

AGS 00710 Aiwa 01514 Akai 00200

Alba

Allsat 00200, 01043 Alltech 00713 Allvision 01232, 01334, 01412 AlphaStar 00772 Amitronica 00713

Amstrad

Anglo 00713 Ankaro 00713 AntSat 01083 Apollo 00455 Arcon 01043, 01075 Armstrong 00200 Arnion 01300 Asat 00200 ASCI 01334 ASLF 00713 AssCom 00853

00642, 01259, 01367, 01418, 01473, 01491

00455, 00713, 01284, 01659, 01811

00345, 00713, 00795, 00847, 00863, 00882, 01113, 01175, 01693, 01801

Astacom 00710 Aston 00142 Astra 00713 Astratec 01743

Astro

Atlantic Telephone 01333 Atsat 01300 AtSky 01334 Audioline 01672 Aurora 00642, 00879, 01333, 01433

Austar

Axiel 00710 Axil 01457, 01659 Axis 01111 B@ytronic 01412

Beko 00455 Bell ExpressVu 00775 Big Sat 01457 Black Diamond 01284 Blaupunkt 00173 Blue Sky 00713 Boca 00713, 01232, 01366 Boston 00710, 01251 Brainwave 00658, 01672

British Sky Broadcasting

Broco 00713 BskyB 00847, 01175, 01662 BT 00710, 01296 Bubu Sat 00713

Bush

Canal 00853

Canal Digital 00853, 01622 Canal Satellite 00853, 01339, 01853 Canal+ 00853 Centrex 01457 CGV 01413, 01567 Chaparral 00216 Cherokee 00123, 00710 Chess 00713, 01085, 01334, 01626 Chili 01718

CityCom

Classic 01672 Clatronic 01413 CNS 01367 Comag 01232, 01366, 01412, 01413 Condor 01700 Conia 01695 Contec 00394 Continental Edison 01695

00173, 00658, 01099, 01100, 01113

00497, 00642, 00863, 00879, 01176, 01259

00847, 01175, 01662, 01847

01284, 01645, 01672, 01743, 01811

00299, 00394, 00818, 01075, 01176, 01232

Coship 01457 Crossdigital 01109 Crown 01284 Cryptovision 00455, 00795 Cyfra+ 01076 Cyrus 00200 D-box 00723, 00873, 01114

Daewoo 00713, 01111, 01296, 01743 Delfa 00863 Deltasat 01075 Dgtec 01542, 01631, 01242 Digenius 00299 Digiality 01685 Digifusion 01645, 01743 DigiLogic 01284 DigiQuest 00863, 01300, 01457, 01473 DigiSat 01232 Digisky 01457 DigitAll World 01227 Digiturk 01076 Digiwave 01631 Dijam 01296 DiPro 01367, 01543

DirecTV

Discovery 00710 Dish Network System Dishpro 01505, 01005, 00775, 01775 Distratel 01283, 01704 DMT 01075 DNT 00200 Dream Multimedia 01237 DSE 01375 DSTV 00642, 00879, 01433 Durabrand 01284 DX Antenna 01530

Echostar

Einhell 00713 Elap 00713, 01567 Elsat 00713 Elta 00200, 01659 Emme Esse 00871 Energy Sistem 01631 Engel 00713, 01251 EP Sat 00455 Esat 00879 Eurieult 00882

01377, 00392, 00566, 00639, 01639, 01142, 00247, 00749, 01749, 00724, 00819, 01856, 01076, 01108, 00099, 01109, 01414, 01442, 01609, 01392, 01640

01505, 01005, 00775, 01775

01505, 01005, 00775, 00455, 00610, 00713, 00853, 00871, 01086, 01200, 01323, 01409, 01418, 01473, 01775

PRESET CODE



Eurocrypt 00455 EuroLine 01251 Europa 00863 Europhon 00299 Eurosky 00262, 00299 Eurostar 00818 Eutelsat 00713 Expressvu 00775, 01775 Fenner 00713

Ferguson 00455, 01291, 01743 Finlandia 00455 Finlux 00455 Flair Mate 00713 FMD 01251, 01413, 01457 Force 01101 Fortec Star 01083

Foxtel

Fracapro Planet 00871 Fracarro 00125, 00871 France Telecom 00871 Freesat 00882 FTE 00863 FTEmaximal 00713, 00863

Fuba

Fugionkyo 00125 Funai 01377

Galaxis

Gardiner 00818 Garnet 01075 GbSAT 01214 GE 00392, 00566 Gecco 01412 General Instrument 00869 General Satellite 01176 GF Good Friends 01043 GF Star 01043

Globo

GOD Digital 00200 GOI 00775, 01775 Gold Box 00853 Gold Vision 01631 Golden Interstar 01283 GoldStar 00394 Goodmans 00455, 01284, 01291 Gradiente 00887 Granada 00455

Grundig

Handan 01622

Hanseatic 01099, 01100

00455, 00497, 00795, 00879, 01162, 01176, 01356

00173, 00262, 00299, 00394, 01214, 01251, 01801

00853, 00863, 01101, 01111, 01557

01251, 01334, 01412, 01429, 01626

00173, 00345, 00847, 00853, 00879, 01291

Hauppauge 01672 HB 01214, 01801 HDT 01159 Hills 01232

Hirschmann

Hisense 01535

Hitachi

Homecast 01214, 01680, 01700 Hornet 01300 Houston 00775 HTS 00775, 01775

Hughes Network Systems

Humax

Huth 01075 Hyundai 01075, 01159 iCan 01367

ID Digital 01176 ILLUSION sat 01557, 01631 iLo 01535 Imperial 01334, 01429, 01672 Indovision 00887 Ingelen 00882 Innova 00099 Interstar 01214 InVideo 00871 ISkyB 00887 Italtel 00871 ITT Nokia 00455, 00723, 00873 Jadeworld 00642

Jaeger 01334 Jerrold 00869 Jiuzhou 01450 JOK 00710 JVC 00775, 01507, 01531, 01775 K-SAT 00713

Kamm 00713 Kaon 01300 KaTelco 01111

Kathrein

Kennex 00125 Kenwood 00853 Klap 00710 Kocmoc TB 01333 Koscom 01043 Kosmos 00442, 01333 Kreiling 00249, 00658

00125, 00173, 00299, 00710, 00882, 01085, 01111, 01232, 01412

00749, 00819, 00455, 01250, 01284, 01518, 01523, 01525

01142, 00749, 01749, 01442

00863, 01176, 01225, 01406, 01427, 01675, 01743, 01790, 01915

00123, 00173, 00200, 00249, 00394, 00442, 00480, 00504, 00658, 00713, 00818, 01221, 01416, 01561, 01567

Kreiselmeyer 00173 Kross 01695 L&S Electronic 01043, 01334

Labgear 01296 LaSAT 00173, 00299 Lava 01631 Legend 01718 Legrand 01718 Lemon 01334 Lenco 00713 Lenoxx 01611 LG 01075, 01414 Lifesat 00299, 00713, 01043 Lodos 01284 Logik 01284 Logix 01075 Lorenzen 00299 Luxor 00345, 00873 M Electronic 00818

M vision 01557 Magnavox 00724, 00722 Manata 00710, 00713 Manhattan 00455, 00710, 01083 Marantz 00200 Maspro 00173, 00713, 01530 Master’s 00394 Matsui 00173, 00710, 01284, 01743 Maximum 01075, 01334, 01685 McIntosh 00869 MDS 01225 Mediabox 00853 Mediacom 01206 MediaSa 00853

Medion

Medison 00713 Mega 00200 Memorex 00724

Metronic

Metz 00173 MiCO 01811 Micro 00713 Micro Elektronic 00713 Micro Technology 00713 Micromaxx 00299 Microstar 01075 Microtec 00713 Mitsubishi 00749, 00455 Morgan’s 00200, 00713, 01232, 01412 Motorola 00869, 00856, 01473 MTEC 01214 Muller 01695

00299, 00713, 01043, 01075, 01232, 01334, 01412, 01626

00713, 00818, 01283, 01334, 01375, 01704

Multibroadcast 00642, 00879

Multichoice

Mx Onda 01659 Myryad 00200 Mysat 00713 MySky 01693, 01848, 01850 NEC 01519

NEOTION 01334 Netgem 01322 Netsat 00099, 00887 Neuf TV 01322 Neuhaus 00713 Neuling 01232 Neusat 00713 Nevir 01659 Next Level 00869 Nikko 00200, 00713, 00723 Noda Electronic 01704

Nokia

Nordmende 00455, 01611 OctalTV 01505

Okano 00442 Omega 00887 Opentel 01232, 01412

Optex

Optimus 00724 Optus 00879 Orbis 01232, 01334, 01412 Orbitech 01099, 01100 Origo 00497 OSAT 00345 P/Sat 01232

Pace

Paciﬁc 01284, 01375 Packard Bell 01111 Packsat 00710 Palcom 00299, 01409 Panarex 01159 Panasat 00615, 00879, 01333, 01433

Panasonic

Panda 00173, 00455 Pansat 01159 Patriot 00710 Paysat 00724 peeKTon 01457

00642, 00879, 01333, 01433, 01559, 01560

00455, 00723, 00751, 00853, 00873, 01023, 01223, 01723

00394, 00713, 01043, 01283, 01611

00200, 00329, 00455, 00497, 00795, 00847, 00853, 00887, 01175, 01323, 01356, 01423, 01693, 01717, 01848, 01850

00247, 00701, 00455, 00847, 01304, 01404, 01508, 01526, 01527

01142, 00749, 01749, 00775, 00724, 00819, 01076, 00722,

Philips

Phonotrend 00863, 01200 Pilotime 01339 Pino 01334

Pioneer

Planet 00871 Plasmatic 00442 PMB 00713, 01611 Polytron 00394 Portland 01296 Preisner 00262, 01101, 01113, 01366 Premier 00723, 00853, 00873, 01429 Prima 00795 Primacom 01111 Primestar 00869 Proﬁle 00710 Promax 00455 Proscan 00392, 00566 Proton 01535 QNS 01367, 01402, 01404

Quadral 00710 Quelle 00299 Radiola 00200

RadioShack 00566, 00775, 00869 Radix 00394, 00882, 01113, 01317

RCA

Rebox 01214 Regal 01251 RFT 00200 Roadstar 00713, 00853 Rollmaster 01413 Rover 00713 Rownsonic 01567 SAB 01251

Saba 00710, 00820 Sabre 00455

Sagem

Samsung

Sat Control 01300 Sat Team 00713 SAT+ 01409 Satec 00713 Satelco 01232 Satplus 01100

00099, 00710, 00455, 00818, 00200, 00847, 00853, 00173, 01114, 00133, 01442, 01543, 01672

01142, 00329, 00853, 01308, 01442

00392, 00566, 01142, 00775, 00855, 00143, 01291, 01392, 01442

00820, 01114, 01253, 01307, 01690 01377, 01142, 01276, 01108, 01109, 00853, 00863, 01206, 01442, 01458, 01570, 01609, 01700, 01916

PRESET CODE



Satstation 01083 Schaub Lorenz 01214 Schneider 00710, 01206, 01251

Schwaiger

SCS 00299 Sedea Electronique 00125, 01206, 01283, 01626 SEG 01075, 01087, 01251, 01626 Seleco 00871 Septimo 01375 Serd 01412 Serino 00610 Servimat 01611 ServiSat 00713, 01251 Sharp 01517 Siemens 00173, 01334, 01429 Silva 00299 Skantin 00713 SKR 00713

SKY

SKY Italia 00853, 01693, 01847, 01848 Sky Television 01014 Sky XL 01251, 01412 Sky+ 01175

Skymaster

Skymax 00200 Skyplus 01232, 01334, 01412 SkySat 00713 Skyvision 01334 SL 00299, 01672 SM Electronic 00713, 01200, 01409

Smart

Sony

Star 00887 Star Choice 00869 Star Trak 00772, 00869 Starland 00713 Starlite 00200 Stream 01847, 01848

Strong

Sunkai 00123 Sunny 01300 Sunsat 00713 Sunstar 00642 Supernova 00887 SVA 01455 Systec 01334 Tantec 00455

00394, 00504, 00863, 01075, 01083, 01111, 01317, 01334, 01412, 01457

00856, 00099, 00847, 00887, 01014, 01175, 01662, 01693, 01847, 01848, 01850

00713, 01075, 01085, 01200, 01334, 01409, 01567, 01611

00713, 00882, 01101, 01113, 01232, 01404, 01413 00639, 01639, 00455, 00847, 00853, 01524, 01558, 01640

00125, 00713, 00820, 00853, 00879, 01159, 01284, 01300, 01409, 01626

Tarbs 01225 Tatung 00455 TBoston 01659 Teac 01225, 01227, 01251, 01322 Tecatel 01200

TechniSat

Technomate 01283, 01610 Technosonic 01672 Technotrend 01429 Techwood 01284, 01626

Tele System Electronic

Teleciel 01043 TeleClub 01367 Telefunken 00710 Teleka 00262, 00442

Telestar

Telesystem 01801 Televes 00455, 01214, 01300, 01334 Televisa 00887 Telewire 01232 Tevion 00713, 01409, 01622, 01672

Thomson

Thorn 00455 Tiny 01672 Tioko 00394 Tivo 01142, 01442 Tokai 00200 Tonna 00455, 00713, 01611 Topﬁeld 01206, 01208, 01545, 01783

Toshiba

TPS 00820, 01253, 01307

Triax

Trio 01075 TT-micro 01429 Turnsat 00713 Twinner 00713, 01611 UEC 00879, 01162, 01333, 01356

UltimateTV 01392, 01640 Uniden 00724, 00722 Unisat 00200 United 01251

Universum

US Digital 01535 USDTV 01535 Variosat 00173

00262, 00455, 00863, 01099, 01100, 01195, 01197, 01322

01251, 01409, 01611, 01801

01099, 01100, 01251, 01334, 01610, 01626

00392, 00566, 00455, 00710, 00713, 00820, 00847, 00853, 01046, 01175, 01291, 01534, 01543, 01662

00749, 01749, 00790, 00819, 00455, 01285, 01501, 01516, 01530

00200, 00713, 00853, 01113, 01227, 01251, 01291, 01296, 01626

00173, 00299, 01087, 01099, 01251

Ventana 00200 Vestel 01251 VH Sat 00299 Viasat 01682 ViewSat 01232 Visionic 00125, 01283 VisionNet 01557

Visiosat

Viva 00856 Vivid 01162 Voom 00869 VTech 00818 Wavelength 01232, 01413

Wewa 00455 Wharfedale 01284 Winbox 01801 Wintel 00299 Wisi 00173, 00299, 00455

Worldsat

Xcom 00123

XMS 01075

Xsat

Xtreme 01300 Yakumo 01413

Yamada 01718 Yes 00887

Zehnder

Zenith 00856, 01856 Zeta Technology 00200 Zodiac 01801

00142, 00710, 00713, 01413, 01457, 01718

00123, 00710, 01214, 01251, 01543

00123, 00713, 00847, 01214, 01323

00394, 00504, 00818, 01075, 01232, 01251, 01334, 01412, 01413

DBS/PVR Combination

@sat 01300

Allvision 01412 Amstrad 01175 Atsat 01300 B@ytronic 01412

British Sky Broadcasting

BskyB 01175, 01662 Bush 01645 Canal Satellite 01339

Comag 01412 Digifusion 01645

DigiQuest 01300 Digiturk 01076

DirecTV

Dish Network System

01175

01377, 00392, 00639, 01142, 01076, 00099, 01392, 01442, 01640

01505, 00775

Dishpro 01505, 00775 DMT 01075 Dream Multimedia 01237 Echostar 01505, 00775, 00610

Expressvu 00775 Foxtel 01356

GbSAT 01214

Gecco 01412 Globo 01412 HDT 01159

Hirschmann 01412 Homecast 01680

Hughes Network Systems

Humax 01176, 01427, 01675 Huth 01075 Hyundai 01075, 01159 Kaon 01300

Kathrein 00249, 00658, 01221, 01561 LG 01075

Maximum 01334

Mediacom 01206 Medion 01412 Microstar 01075 Morgan’s 01412 Motorola 00869 MTEC 01214 Multichoice 01333, 01559, 01560 MySky 01693, 01848, 01850 NEOTION 01334

Nokia 01023 Opentel 01412

Orbis 01412 Pace 01175, 01356, 01423, 01850

Panasonic 01304 Philips 01142, 00099, 01442 Pilotime 01339 Proscan 00392 Radix 01317

RCA 01392 Rebox 01214 Sagem 01253, 01307

Samsung 01206, 01442, 01570, 01609 Sat Control 01300 Schneider 01206 Schwaiger 01075, 01412 Sedea Electronique 01206 Serd 01412 SKY 01175, 01693, 01848, 01850 SKY Italia 01848 Sky XL 01412 Skymaster 01075

01142, 01442

Skyplus 01412 Sony 00639, 01640 Star Choice 00869 Strong 01300 Sunny 01300 TechniSat 01195, 01197

Thomson 01175, 01534, 01662 Topﬁeld 01206, 01545, 01783 TPS 01253, 01307 Xtreme 01300

Zehnder 01075, 01412

Television

888 10264

A-Mark 10047, 10054, 10009

A.R. Systems

Accent 10009, 10037 Accuscan 10047 Accuscreen 10001 Acoustic Research 11269 Action 10030, 10650 Acura 10009 Addison 10092, 10108, 10653 ADL 11217

Admiral

Advent

Adventuri 10000 Adyson 10217 AEG 11163, 11556 Agashi 10217, 10264 Agna 10150

Aiko

Aim 10706, 10037, 10455, 10805 Aiwa 10264, 10701, 11904, 11911

Akai

Akashi 10009, 10860 Akiba 10037, 10218, 10455 Akira 10418 Akito 10037

Akura

Alaron 10170

10037, 10352, 10374, 10455, 10556

10047, 10054, 10017, 10051, 10093, 10463, 10180, 10163, 10264, 10418 10761, 10783, 10815, 10817, 10842, 10876, 11933

10092, 10009, 10035, 10037, 10217, 10264, 10361, 10371, 10433

10000, 10060, 10812, 10702, 10178, 10030, 10145, 10602, 10606, 10631, 10648, 10672, 10714, 10715, 11207, 11537, 11675, 11676, 11903, 10556, 10548, 10480, 10433, 10371, 10361, 10264, 10218, 10217, 10208, 10163, 10037, 10035, 10009

10171, 10009, 10037, 10163, 10218, 10264, 10668, 10714, 11037, 11498, 11556, 11982

PRESET CODE



10009, 10036, 10037, 10073,

Alba

Albatron 10700, 10843 Alﬁde 10672 All-Tel 10865, 11269 Alleron 10030, 10170 Allorgan 10217 Allstar 10037 Ambassador 10150 America Action 10180 American High 10000, 10060 Amplivision 10217, 10370

Amstrad

Amtron 10000, 10180

Anam

Anam National 10250, 10037, 10650 Andersson 11149, 11163 Anglo 10009, 10264 Anhua 10051 Anitech 10009, 10037, 10264

Ansonic

AOC

Aolinpike 10264

Apex Digital

AR 10352, 10556 Arc En Ciel 10109 Arcam 10217 Ardem 10037, 10714 Aristocrat 10163 Aristona 10037, 10556 ART 11037 Arthur Martin 10163 ASA 10070 Asberg 10037 Asora 10009 Astra 10037 Asuka 10217, 10218, 10264 ATD 10698 Atlantic 10001, 10037 Atori 10009 Auchan 10163 Audinac 10180

Audiosonic

Audioton 10217, 10264, 10370, 10486

10163, 10218, 10352, 10370, 10371, 10418, 10443, 10487, 10668, 10714, 11037

10000, 10171, 10009, 10011, 10037, 10163, 10218, 10264, 10362, 10371, 10433, 10648, 11037, 11982

10250, 10180, 10009, 10037, 10700, 10861

10009, 10037, 10163, 10370, 10374, 10668 10451, 10093, 10180, 10060, 10178, 10030, 10092, 10009, 10108

10156, 10748, 10879, 10765, 10767, 11217, 11943

10009, 10037, 10109, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10370, 10374, 10486, 10714, 10715, 10820

Audiovox

Audioworld 10698 Aumark 10060 Autovox 10217 Aventura 10171 AVP 10000

Awa

Axion 11937, 11958 Axxent 10009 Baier 10876

Baihe 10009, 10264 Baile 10001, 10009, 10374, 10661

Baird

Bang & Olufsen 10565 Baohuashi 10264 Baosheng 10009, 10817 Barco 10163, 10556

Basic Line

Bastide 10217 Bauer 10805

Baur

Baysonic 10180 Bazin 10217 Beaumark 10017, 10178, 10030

Beijing

Beko

Belcor 10030 Bell & Howell 10054, 10017, 10154, 10093 Belson 10698, 11191 Belstar 11037 BenQ 11032, 11756 Beon 10037, 10163, 10218, 10418 Berthen 10668 Best 10370 Bestar 10037, 10370, 10374 Bestar-Daewoo 10374 Binatone 10217

Black Diamond

Blackway 10218

Blaupunkt

Blue Sky

Boots 10009, 10217 BPL 10037, 10208

10451, 10180, 10092, 10623, 10802, 10875, 11937, 11951, 11952

10451, 10009, 10011, 10036, 10108, 10217, 10264, 10374, 10606

10037, 10073, 10109, 10208, 10217, 10343, 11196

10009, 10037, 10163, 10217, 10218, 10374, 10455, 10556, 10668, 11037, 11163

10037, 10195, 10361, 10455, 10512

10812, 10001, 10009, 10208, 10226, 10264, 10374, 10661, 10817, 10821 10037, 10195, 10370, 10418, 10486, 10606, 10714, 10715, 10808, 11037

10614, 10820, 10821, 11037, 11163, 11909

10036, 10170, 10195, 10200, 10327, 10455 10037, 10218, 10455, 10487, 10499, 10556, 10668, 10714, 10715, 11037, 11191, 11363

Bradford 10180

Brandt

Brinkmann 10037, 10418, 10486, 10668 Brionvega 10037, 10362 Britannia 10217 Brockwood 10178, 10030

Broksonic

Brother 10264 BSR 10163 BTC 10218

Bush

Caihong 10009, 10817

Cailing 10748 Candle 10030 Canton 10218

Capehart

Capetronic 10030 Capsonic 10264 Carad 10610, 10668, 11037 Carena 10037, 10455 Carnivale 10030 Carrefour 10036, 10037, 10070 Carver 10054, 10170 Cascade 10009, 10037 Casio 10037 Cathay 10037, 10218 CCE 10037, 10217 Celebrity 10000 Celera 10765 Celestial 10767, 10819, 10820, 10821 Centrex 10780 Centrum 11037 Centurion 10037 CGE 10074, 10163, 10370, 10418

Changcheng

Changfei 10009, 10374, 10817 Changfeng 10264, 10817 Changhai 10009, 10817

Changhong

Chengdu 10009, 10817 Ching Tai 10092, 10009

Chun Yun

Chunfeng 10009, 10264 Chung Hsin 10180, 10053, 10036, 10108

10109, 10287, 10335, 10560, 10625, 10714

10236, 10463, 10180, 11911, 11938

11900, 11556, 11037, 10778, 10714, 10698, 10668, 10661, 10614, 10556, 10487, 10374, 10371, 10361, 10335, 10264, 10218, 10217, 10208, 10163, 10037, 10036, 10009

10017, 10178, 10030, 10092, 10036

10051, 10001, 10009, 10264, 10374, 10661, 10817

10156, 10765, 10009, 10264, 10508, 10767, 10783, 10817, 10819, 10820, 10821, 11008, 11156

10000, 10180, 10092, 10009, 10700, 10843

Chunsun 10009, 10817 Cimline 10009, 10218 Cinema 10672 Cineral 10451, 10092 Cinex 10648, 11556 Citek 10047

Citizen

City 10009 Clarion 10180 Clarivox 10037, 10070, 10418 Classic 10030, 10092, 10499

Clatronic

Clayton 11037 CMS Hightec 10217

Colortyme

Commercial Solutions Concorde 10009

Condor

Conia 10820, 10821, 11498 Conic 10178 Conrac 10808

Conrowa

Contec 10180, 10009, 10036, 10037 Continental Edison 10109, 10287, 10487 Cosmel 10009, 10037 Craig 10180, 10171

Crosley

Crown

Crown Mustang 10672 CS Electronics 10218 CTX 11756

Curtis Mathes

CXC 10180 Cybertron 10218 Cytronix 11298 D-Vision 10037, 10556, 11982

Daewoo

Dainichi 10218

10054, 10000, 10451, 10463, 10180, 10060, 10030, 10171, 10092, 10001, 10035

10009, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10370, 10371, 10714

10047, 10054, 10017, 10060, 10178, 10030

11447, 10047

10009, 10037, 10264, 10370, 10418

10156, 10145, 10009, 10264, 10698, 11156, 11170

10054, 10000, 10180, 10030, 10171, 10074, 10163, 10370 10093, 10180, 10053, 10009, 10037, 10208, 10370, 10418, 10486, 10487, 10606, 10672, 10712, 10714, 10715, 11037

10047, 10054, 10154, 10000, 10051, 10451, 10093, 10180, 10060, 10702, 10178, 10030, 10145, 10166, 10037, 10035, 11147, 11347

10154, 10451, 10180, 10178, 10030, 10092, 11661, 10634, 10661, 10672, 10700, 10860, 10865, 10876, 10880, 11755, 11756, 11909, 10623, 10556, 10499, 10374, 10264, 10218, 10217, 10170, 10109, 10108, 10037, 10036, 10009

Dansai

Dantax 10370, 10486, 10714, 10715 Datsura 10208 Dawa 10009, 10037 Daytek 10672, 11207 Dayton 10092, 10009, 11207

Daytron

Dayu 10374, 10661 De Graaf 10163, 10208, 10548 Decca 10037, 10217 Degraff 10163, 10208 Deitron 10374 Dell 11080, 11178 Denko 10264 Denon 10145, 10511 Denver 10037, 10587 Desmet 10009, 10037 Diamant 10037

Diamond

Digatron 10037 Digiline 10037, 10668 Digital Life 10872 Digitex 10820 Digitor 10037 Digix Media 10880 Dixi 10009, 10037, 10217 DL 10587, 10780, 10872 Domeos 10668 Domland 10394 Dongda 10009 Donghai 10009 Dream Vision 11164, 11704 DSE 10698, 10820, 11556 DTS 10009

Dual

Dual Tec 10217

Dumont

Durabrand

Dux 10037 Dwin 10093 Dynatech 10217 Dynatron 10037 Easy Living 11248

Eaton 10060 Ecco 10773 ECE 10037 Edison-Minerva 10487

Elbe

10009, 10035, 10036, 10037, 10208, 10217

10180, 10178, 10030, 10092, 10009, 10036, 10037, 10374

10706, 10009, 10371, 10672, 10698, 10820, 10860

10037, 10217, 10343, 10352, 10394, 11037, 11137

10017, 10180, 10178, 10070, 10217 10463, 10180, 10178, 10171, 11034, 11463

10037, 10217, 10218, 10362, 10610

PRESET CODE



Elcit 10163 Electroband 10000 Electrograph 11755

Electrohome

Elekta 10009, 10264 Elfunk 11037, 11208 ELG 10037 Elin 10009, 10037, 10361, 10548 Elite 10037, 10218 Elta 10009, 10264 Emerald 10178

Emerson

Envision 10030, 10813 Enzer 10860 Erae 11371 Erres 10037 ESA 10812, 10171, 11944 ESC 10037, 10217 Ether 10030, 10009 Etron 10001, 10009, 10163, 10820 Eurofeel 10217, 10264 Euroman 10037, 10217, 10264, 10370 Europa 10037 Europhon 10037, 10109, 10217 Evesham Technology 11248 Evolution 11756 Expert 10163 Exquisit 10037 Feilang 10009

Feilu 10009, 10817 Feiyan 10264 Feiyue 10009, 10817 Fenner 10009, 10374 Fer0 10335

Ferguson

Fidelity

Filsai 10217

Finlandia

Finlux

Firstar 10236, 10009

Firstline

10154, 10000, 10463, 10150, 10178, 10030, 10073

10047, 10017, 10154, 10451, 10236, 10463, 10180, 10150, 10178, 10171, 11944, 11911, 11909, 10714, 10668, 10623, 10486, 10036, 10371, 10370, 10361, 10037, 10195, 10170, 10070, 10073

10053, 10037, 10073, 10109, 10195, 10287, 10335, 10343, 10443, 10548, 10560, 10625, 11037 10171, 10037, 10163, 10217, 10264, 10361, 10371, 10512

10163, 10208, 10346, 10361, 10548 10037, 10070, 10163, 10217, 10346, 10480, 10556, 10631, 10714, 10715, 10808, 11556

10009, 10037, 10208, 10217, 10361, 10374, 10556, 10668, 10714, 10808, 11037, 11191, 11363, 11371

Fisher

Flint

Force 11149 Formenti 10037, 10163 Fortress 10093 Fraba 10037, 10370

Friac

Frontech 10009, 10163, 10217, 10264 Fujimaro 10865, 11498

Fujitsu

Fujitsu General 10009, 10217, 10683 Fujitsu Siemens 10808, 10809, 11163, 11298

Funai

Furi 10145, 10264, 10817 Furichi 10860 Futronic 10264, 10860 Futuretech 10180 Galaxi 10037

Galaxis 10037, 10370 Ganxin 10817 Gateway 11755, 11756 GBC 10009, 10163, 10218, 10374

GEC 10037, 10163, 10217, 10361 Geloso 10009, 10163, 10374 Gemini 10047 General 10109, 10287 General Technic 10009 Genesis 10009, 10037 Genexxa 10009, 10037, 10163, 10218

Gericom

Gevalt 11371 Giant 10009, 10217 Gibralter 10017, 10000, 10030 Go Video 10060, 10886 Go Vision 11937 Goldfunk 10668

GoldStar

Gooding 10487

10047, 10054, 10154, 10000, 10036, 10208, 10217, 10361, 10370 10037, 10218, 10264, 10455, 10610

10009, 10037, 10370, 10499, 10610

10009, 10217, 10352, 10683, 10809, 10853

10000, 10180, 10171, 10264, 10668, 11271, 11904

11447, 10047, 11454, 10000, 10051, 10451, 10093, 10180, 10060, 10178, 10030, 10092, 11922, 11917, 11347, 11147, 10625, 10560, 10335, 10035

10808, 10865, 10880, 11217, 11298

10047, 10054, 10154, 10178, 10030, 10715, 10714, 10606, 10455, 10361, 10217, 10163, 10109, 10073, 10037, 10036, 10009, 10001

10000, 11909, 11900, 11163, 11037, 10880, 10808, 10714, 10668, 10661, 10634, 10625,

Goodmans

Gorenje 10370 GPM 10218 Gradiente 10053, 10037, 10170

Graetz

Gran Prix 10648

Granada

Grandin

Gronic 10217

Grundig

Grundy 10180, 10195 Grunkel 11163 Grunpy 10180 H & B 10808

Haaz 10706

Haier

Haihong 10009 Haiyan 10264, 10817 Halifax 10217, 10264 Hallmark 10236, 10180, 10178 Hampton 10217 Hanimex 10218 Hankook 10180, 10178, 10030

Hanseatic

Hantarex 10009, 10037, 10865 Hantor 10037

Harley Davidson

Harman/Kardon 10054 Harsper 10865 Harvard 10180 Harwa 10773, 11196, 11269 Harwood 10009, 10037, 10487 Hauppauge 10037 Havermy 10093

HCM

Heathkit 10017 Helios 10865 Hello Kitty 10451 Hema 10009, 10217

10587, 10560, 10556, 10499, 10487, 10480, 10374, 10371, 10343, 10335, 10264, 10218, 10217, 10037, 10036, 10035, 10011, 10009

10163, 10361, 10371, 10487, 10714, 11163

10036, 10037, 10108, 10163, 10208, 10217, 10226, 10343, 10548, 10560 10009, 10037, 10163, 10218, 10374, 10455, 10610, 10668, 10714, 10715, 10865, 10880, 11037, 11191

10706, 10009, 10036, 10037, 10070, 10163, 10195, 10443, 10487, 10556, 10587, 10672, 10683, 11371

11034, 10037, 10508, 10587, 10698, 11017

10009, 10037, 10217, 10361, 10370, 10394, 10499, 10556, 10634, 10661, 10714, 10808

10000, 10180, 10060, 10178, 10030, 11904

10009, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10418

Hewlett Packard 11494, 11502 Hiﬁvox 10109 Highline 10037, 10264 Hikona 10218 Hikone 10218

Hinari

Hisawa 10218, 10455, 10610, 10714

Hisense

Hitachi

Hitachi Fujian 10150, 10108, 10860 Hitec 10698 Hitsu 10009, 10218, 10455, 10610 Hoeher 10714, 10865, 11163, 11556 Home Electronics 10606 Hongmei 10093, 10009, 10264, 10817 Hongyan 10264, 10817 Hornyphon 10037 Hoshai 10218, 10455 HP 11494, 11502 Hua Tun 10009 Huafa 10145, 10009 Huanghaimei 10009 Huanghe 10009, 10817 Huanglong 10009 Huangshan 10009, 10264, 10817 Huanyu 10217, 10264, 10374, 10817 Huaqiang 10264 Huari 10145, 10264 Hugoson 11217 Huodateji 10051 Hygashi 10217 Hyper 10009, 10217 Hypersonic 10361

Hypson

Hyundai

Iberia 10037

ICE

ICeS 10218 Iiyama 10877, 11217 Ima 10236, 10180, 10178

10009, 10036, 10037, 10163, 10208, 10218, 10264, 10352, 10443

10156, 10748, 10145, 10009, 10208, 10508, 10556, 10780, 10821, 10860, 11022, 11156, 11170, 11208, 11363 10047, 10054, 10017, 10000, 11256, 10156, 10051, 10150, 10178, 10030, 11145, 10145, 10092, 10744, 10877, 10634, 11037, 11137, 11149, 11156, 11170, 11225, 11576, 11904, 11960, 10578, 10548, 10508, 10499, 10481, 10480, 10343, 10217, 10163, 10109, 10108, 10037, 10036, 10035, 10009

10037, 10217, 10264, 10455, 10486, 10556, 10668, 10714, 10715, 11037 10849, 10860, 10865, 10876, 11556

10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10371

Imperial 10037, 10074, 10370, 10418

Imperial Crown

Indiana 10037 Inﬁnity 10054 InFocus 11164 Ingelen 10163, 10487, 10610, 10714 Ingersol 10009 Inno Hit 10009, 10217, 10218, 11163 Innova 10037 Innowert 10865, 11298 Inotech 10773, 10820 Insignia 10171, 11517 Inteq 10017, 10145 Interbuy 10009, 10037, 10264

Interfunk

Internal 10037, 11909

Intervision

Irradio 10009, 10037, 10218, 10371 Isukai 10037, 10218, 10455 ITC 10217 ITS 10037, 10218, 10264, 10371

ITT

ITT Nokia

ITV 10037, 10264, 10374 IX 10877 JBL 10054

JCB 10000 JDV 11982

Jean

JEC 10035 Jensen 10761, 10815, 10817, 11933 Jiahua 10051 JiaLiCai 10009, 10264 JIL 10030 Jinfeng 10051, 10208, 10226, 10817 Jinque 10009, 10264, 10817 Jinta 10009, 10264

Jinxing

JMB 10443, 10499, 10556, 10634 JNC 10876 Jocel 10712 Johnson 10455 Jubilee 10556 Juhua 10264, 10817 Jutan 10030

10001, 10009, 10264, 10374, 10661

10037, 10109, 10163, 10200, 10327, 10361, 10512

10009, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10394, 10455, 10486, 10487

10163, 10208, 10346, 10361, 10480, 10548, 10610 10070, 10163, 10195, 10208, 10346, 10361, 10480, 10548, 10606, 10610

10156, 10051, 10236, 10092, 10009, 10036

10054, 10156, 10145, 10009, 10037, 10264, 10556, 10698, 10817, 10821, 11011

PRESET CODE



10054, 10093, 10463, 10053,

JVC

Kaige 10009, 10264, 10817

Kaisui

Kambrook 10217 Kamp 10017, 10180, 10217

Kangli

Kangyi 10009, 10264 Kapsch 10163, 10361

Karcher

Kathrein 10556 Kawa 10371 Kawasho 10030 KB Aristocrat 10163 KDS 11498 KEC 10180, 10060

Kendo

Kennedy 10163 Kennex 10668, 11037 Kenwood 10180, 10030 Khind 10706 KIC 10217 Kiota 10001, 10371, 10455 Kioto 10706, 10556 Kiton 10037, 10668

KLH

KLL 10037 Kloss 10030

Kneissel

Kolin

Kolster 10037, 10218 Kongque 10009, 10264, 10817 Konichi 10009 Konig 10037

Konka

Kontakt 10487 Korpel 10037 Korting 10370 Kosmos 10037 Koyoda 10009 Kreisen 10876 KTV 10463, 10180, 10030, 10217 Kuaile 10009, 10264 Kulun 10009

Kunlun

10030, 10070, 10036, 10218, 10371, 10418, 10508, 10606, 10650, 10653, 10683, 10731, 11253, 11923

10009, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10455

10001, 10009, 10264, 10374, 10661, 10817

10264, 10370, 10606, 10610, 10714, 10778, 11556

10037, 10362, 10370, 10610, 10648, 11037

10156, 10180, 10765, 10767, 11962

10037, 10362, 10370, 10374, 10499, 10556, 10610 10180, 10150, 10053, 10036, 10108, 11331

10180, 10037, 10218, 10371, 10418, 10587, 10641, 10714, 10817, 11084

10051, 10208, 10226, 10264, 10374, 10661, 10817

Kyoshu 10418 Kyoto 10163, 10217 L&S Electronic 10714, 10808, 10865

Lark 10154 LaSAT 10486 Lavis 11037 Leader 10009 Lecson 10037 Legend 10009 Lenco 10037, 10374, 10587 Lenoir 10009 Lexsor 11196 Leyco 10037, 10264

Liesenk & Tter 10037 Liesenkotter 10037, 10327

Lifetec

Lihua 10817

Lloyd’s

Local India TV 10009, 10208, 10602 Local Malaysia TV 10698 Lodos 11037

Loewe

Logik

Logix 10668 Longjiang 10264, 10817 Luker 11982

Luma

Lumatron

Lux May 10009, 10037

Luxor

LXI

M Electronic

Madison 10037 MAG 11498 Magnadyne 10054, 10163 Magnafon 10073

Magnasonic

10054, 11265, 10060, 10178, 10030, 11758, 11637, 11191, 11178, 10856, 10715, 10714, 10700, 10698, 10556, 10370, 10361, 10217, 10163, 10109, 10108, 10037, 10009, 10001

10009, 10037, 10218, 10374, 10668, 10683, 10714, 11037, 11137

10236, 10180, 10030, 10001, 10009, 11904

10037, 10370, 10512, 10633, 10790 10236, 10180, 10060, 10001, 10009, 10011, 10371, 10698, 10773, 10880, 11037, 11217

10009, 10163, 10362, 10374, 11037 10037, 10073, 10163, 10217, 10264, 10361, 10556

10163, 10208, 10217, 10346, 10361, 10480, 10548, 10631, 11037, 11163 10047, 10054, 10017, 10154, 10000, 10156, 10051, 10093, 10060, 10053, 10178, 10030, 10171, 10166, 10037, 10036, 10035, 10001, 10208 10009, 10037, 10109, 10163, 10195, 10217, 10287, 10343, 10346, 10374, 10480, 10512, 10634, 10661, 10714

10054, 10000, 10156, 10093, 10030, 10092, 10109

10047, 11454, 10054, 10154, 10000, 10250, 10051, 10180,

Magnavox

Magnum 10037, 10648, 10714, 10715 Majestic 10017 Mandor 10264 Manesth 10035, 10037, 10217, 10264

Manhattan

Marantz

Mark

Master’s 10499 Mastro 10053, 10706, 10698, 10780

Masuda

Matsui

Matsushita 10250, 10051, 10650 Maxdorf 10773 Maxent 11755, 11756 Maxim 11556, 11982 MCE 10009 Meck 10698 Mediator 10037, 10556

Medion

Megapower 10700 Megas 10610 Megatron 10047, 10178, 10145, 10009 MEI 11037 Meile 10264, 10817

Memorex

Memphis 10009 Mercury 10060, 10001, 10009, 10037 Mermaid 10037 Metronic 10625

Metz

MGA

MGN Technology 10178 Micro Genius 10150

Micromaxx

Microstar 10808 MicroTEK 10820, 10860 Midland 10047, 10017, 10051 Mikomi 11037, 11149

10060, 10030, 10171, 10092, 10706, 11944, 11904, 11755, 11254, 10802, 10780, 10011, 10035, 10037, 10036

10037, 10668, 10778, 10876, 11037, 11267 11454, 10054, 10030, 10037, 10556, 10704, 10855 10009, 10037, 10217, 10374, 10714, 10715

10009, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10371 11037, 10744, 10714, 10556, 10487, 10455, 10443, 10433, 10371, 10352, 10335, 10217, 10208, 10195, 10163, 10037, 10036, 10035, 10011, 10009

10037, 10512, 10556, 10668, 10698, 10714, 10808, 10880, 11037, 11137, 11248, 11900

10154, 10250, 10463, 10180, 10150, 10060, 10178, 10030, 10009, 10035, 10037, 10195, 10877, 11037, 11911

10037, 10195, 10367, 10388, 10447, 10587, 10668, 10746, 11163 10150, 10178, 10030, 10218, 10374

10037, 10668, 10714, 10808, 11037

Minato 10037, 10556 Minerva 10070, 10108, 10195, 10487 Minoka 10037 Mirror 11900

Mitsubishi

Mivar 10217 Monaco 10009 Monivision 10700, 10843 Morgan’s 10037 Motorola 10054, 10051, 10093, 10150

MTC

MTlogic 10714

Mudan

Multitec

Multitech

Murphy 10163 Musikland 10218 Mx Onda 11498 Myryad 10556

NAD

Naiko 10037, 10606, 11982 Nakimura 10037, 10374 Nanbao 10009, 10264 Nansheng 10264, 10817 Narita 11982 NAT 10226 National 10051, 10208, 10226, 10508

NEC

Neckermann

NEI 10037, 10163, 10371 Neovia 10865, 10876, 11371 Netsat 10037 NetTV 11755

Neufunk

New Tech

New World 10218 Newave 10093, 10178, 10092, 10009

Nikkai

Nikkei 10714 Nikko 10178, 10030, 10092 Nikkodo 10178, 10030, 10092

10154, 10250, 10093, 10236, 10180, 11250, 10150, 10178, 10030, 11917, 11037, 10836, 10817, 10556, 10512, 10195, 10108, 10037, 10036, 10011

10180, 10060, 10030, 10092, 10011, 10370, 10512

10051, 10009, 10208, 10226, 10264, 10817 10037, 10486, 10668, 11037, 11556 10180, 10009, 10037, 10217, 10264, 10370, 10486

10156, 10178, 10166, 10037, 10361, 10866, 11156

10047, 10154, 10156, 10051, 10053, 10178, 10030, 11704, 11270, 11170, 10817, 10704, 10661, 10653, 10508, 10499, 10455, 10374, 10264, 10217, 10170, 10036, 10011, 10009 10037, 10200, 10327, 10370, 10418, 10556

10009, 10037, 10218, 10556, 10610, 10714 10009, 10037, 10217, 10343, 10556

10009, 10035, 10036, 10037, 10163, 10217, 10218, 10264

Nishi 10030 Nobliko 10070 Nogamatic 10109

Nokia

Norcent 10748, 10824 Nordic 10217

Nordmende

Normerel 10037 Novatronic 10037, 10374 NTC 10092 Nu-Tec 10455, 10698, 10820 Nyon 10000 Oceanic 10163, 10208, 10361, 10548

Odeon 10264 Okano 10009, 10037, 10264, 10370 Olevia 11144, 11240, 11331, 11610 Omega 10264 Omni 10748, 10698, 10780, 10872 Onida 10053, 11253 Onimax 10714

Onwa

Opera 10037

Optimus

Optoma 10887 Optonica 10093 Orbit 10037 Orcom 11504

Orion

Orline 10037, 10218 Ormond 10668, 11037

Osaki

Osio 10037 Oso 10218 Osume 10036, 10037, 10218 Otic 11498

Otto Versand

Pace 10092

Paciﬁc

Palladium

Palsonic

Panama 10009, 10037, 10217, 10264 Panashiba 10001

10163, 10208, 10346, 10361, 10374, 10480, 10548, 10606, 10610, 10631

10037, 10109, 10195, 10287, 10343, 10560, 10714

10180, 10218, 10371, 10433, 10602

10154, 10250, 10093, 10180, 10150, 10178, 10030, 10166, 10650

10017, 10236, 10463, 10180, 10178, 11463, 10011, 10037, 10264, 10443, 10556, 10714, 10880, 11196, 11911

10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10374, 10556

10093, 10036, 10037, 10109, 10195, 10217, 10226, 10343, 10361, 10512, 10556

10037, 10443, 10556, 10714, 11037, 11137 10037, 10163, 10200, 10217, 10327, 10370, 10418, 10556, 10714, 11137 10001, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10418, 10698, 10773, 10778, 11196, 11269, 11904

PRESET CODE



10054, 10000, 10156, 10250, 10051, 10236, 10030, 11947,

Panasonic

Panavision 10037

Panda

Pathe Cinema 10163 Pathe Marconi 10109 Pausa 10009 Paxonic 10060, 10030

PCE 10156, 10060

Penney

Perdio 10037, 10163 Perfekt 10037 Petters 11523

Philco

Philharmonic 10217

Philips

Phocus 10714 Phoenix 10037, 10163, 10370, 10486 Phonola 10037, 10556

Pilot

Pioneer

Pionier 10370, 10486, 11556 Plantron 10009, 10037, 10264 Playsonic 10037, 10217, 10714, 10715

Polaroid

Poppy 10009 Portland 10451, 10092, 10374 Powerpoint 10037, 10487, 10698 Prandoni-Prince 10361 Precision 10236, 10180, 10217 Premier 10009, 10264 President 10860

Prima

Princeton 10700 Prinston 11037 Prinz 10361 Prism 10250, 10051

11946, 11941, 11480, 11310, 11291, 11271, 10853, 10650, 10548, 10508, 10367, 10361, 10226, 10208, 10163, 10108, 10037, 10035

10051, 10706, 10009, 10208, 10226, 10264, 10508, 10698, 10780, 10817, 10821

10047, 10000, 10156, 10250, 10051, 10060, 10178, 10030, 10035, 10036, 10037, 10070, 10108, 11347

10054, 10451, 10463, 10180, 10178, 10030, 10145, 11661, 10037, 10074, 10163, 10370, 10418

11454, 10054, 10017, 10000, 10051, 10178, 10030, 10171, 10092, 11961, 11756, 11254, 10690, 10556, 10512, 10374, 10361, 10343, 10200, 10108, 10037, 10009

10051, 10060, 10178, 10030, 10706, 10011 10166, 10011, 10037, 10109, 10163, 10170, 10287, 10361, 10370, 10486, 10512, 10679, 10760, 10866, 11260

10765, 10865, 11276, 11316, 11341, 11498, 11523

10761, 10009, 10264, 10783, 10815, 10817, 11269, 11933

Profex 10009, 10163, 10361 Proﬁ 10009 Proﬁlo 11556 Proﬁtronic 10037

Proline

Proscan 11447, 10047, 11347, 11922 Prosco 10156

Prosonic

Protec 10009, 10037, 10217, 10264

Protech

Proton 10178, 10030, 10001, 10009

Proview 11498

ProVision 10037, 10556, 10714, 11037 Pulsar 10017, 10092 Pulser 10178, 10092 Pvision 10876, 11191 Pye 10037, 10374, 10556 Pymi 10009

Qingdao

Quadral 10051, 10218 Quartz 10150, 10178

Quasar

Quelle

Questa 10036 Questar 10036 R-Line 10037

Rabbit 10047 Radialva 10163, 10218 Radiola 10037, 10217, 10556 Radiomarelli 10037

RadioShack

Radiotone

Rank 10070 Rank Arena 10036, 10602 RBM 10070

RCA

Realistic

Recor 10037, 10418 Rectiligne 10037

Rediffusion

Redstar 10037 Reﬂex 10037, 10668, 11037

10037, 10073, 10625, 10634, 11037

10037, 10217, 10370, 10371, 10374, 10668, 10714

10009, 10037, 10217, 10264, 10418, 10486, 10668, 11037

10051, 10208, 10226, 10264, 10817

10250, 10051, 10009, 10035, 10650, 10865 10011, 10037, 10070, 10074, 10109, 10195, 10200, 10327, 10361, 10512, 10668, 11037

10047, 10154, 10180, 10150, 10178, 10030, 10037, 11904 10009, 10037, 10264, 10370, 10418, 10648, 10668, 11037

11447, 10047, 11454, 10054, 10000, 10051, 10093, 10178, 10030, 10092, 11958, 11953, 11948, 11922, 11917, 11547, 11347, 11247, 11147, 11047, 10679, 10625, 10560, 10090 10047, 10154, 10180, 10150, 10178, 10030

10036, 10163, 10346, 10361, 10548

Relisys

Remotec

Reoc 10714 Revox 10037 Rex 10163, 10264 RFT 10037, 10264 Rinex 10773

Roadstar

Rolson 11371 Rover 10036, 10877

Rowa

Royal Lux 10335, 10370 Runco 10017, 10060, 10030 Ruyi 10817

Saba

Sagem 10455, 10610, 10618 Saige 10009, 10817

Saisho

Saivod

Sakai 10163 Sakyno 10455

Salora

Salsa 10335

Sampo

Samsung

Sandra 10217 Sanjian 10264 Sanky 10060, 10030

Sansui

Santon 10009

Sanyo

Sanyong 10037 Sanyuan 10093, 10009, 10817

10865, 10876, 10877, 11207, 11298 10250, 10093, 10145, 10171, 10037

10009, 10037, 10218, 10264, 10418, 10668, 10714, 11037, 11900

10748, 10009, 10037, 10264, 10587, 10698, 10712, 10817

10250, 10109, 10163, 10287, 10335, 10343, 10361, 10498, 10548, 10560, 10625, 10714

10009, 10011, 10163, 10217, 10264 10037, 10668, 10712, 11037, 11163, 11556, 11982

10163, 10208, 10361, 10480, 10548, 10631

10047, 10154, 10093, 10178, 10030, 10171, 10092, 10009, 10036, 10650, 10700, 11755, 11756 10047, 10054, 10017, 10154, 10156, 10093, 10060, 10812, 10702, 10178, 10030, 10092, 10814, 10766, 10718, 10618, 10587, 10817, 10821, 11060, 11249, 11312, 11903, 11959, 10556, 10371, 10370, 10362, 10264, 10226, 10217, 10208, 10163, 10090, 10037, 10036, 10035, 10009

10463, 10060, 10030, 10706, 10037, 10371, 10455, 10602, 10714, 10861, 11371, 11537, 11904, 11911

10047, 10054, 10154, 10000, 10156, 10463, 10180, 10145, 10171, 11755, 11208, 10704, 10508, 10370, 10264, 10217, 10208, 10170, 10163, 10108, 10088, 10037, 10036, 10011, 10009

Saville 10060 SBR 10037, 10556 Sceptre 11217

Schaub Lorenz

Schneider

Scotch 10178 Scotland 10163 Scott 10236, 10180, 10178, 10030

Sears

Seaway 10634 Seelver 11037

SEG

SEI 10037, 10163 Sei-Sinudyne 10037

Seleco

Semivox 10180 Semp 10156 Sencora 10009 Sentra 10035 Serino 10093, 10455, 10610 Shancha 10264, 10817

Shanghai

Shaofeng 10145, 10817

Sharp

Shen Ying 10092, 10009 Shencai 10145, 10009, 10264 Sheng Chia 10093, 10236, 10009 Shenyang 10009, 10264, 10817 Sherwood 10009 Shintoshi 10037

Shivaki

Show 10009, 10418 Siarem 10163

Siemens

Siera 10037, 10556 Siesta 10370 Signature 10047, 10093, 10030 Silva 10037, 10361, 10648 Silva Schneider 10037, 11556 Silvano 10587 Silver 10036, 10361, 10455, 10715

10361, 10374, 10486, 10548, 10606, 10714, 11191 11982, 11904, 11137, 11037, 10714, 10668, 10648, 10556, 10394, 10371, 10361, 10352, 10343, 10218, 10217, 10163, 10070, 10037

10047, 10054, 10017, 10154, 10000, 10156, 10051, 10093, 10060, 10053, 10178, 10030, 10171, 10166, 10035, 10036, 10037, 10001, 10208, 11904

10009, 10036, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10362, 10487, 10668, 11037, 11163

10163, 10264, 10346, 10362, 10371

10009, 10208, 10226, 10264, 10817

10054, 10093, 10180, 10053, 10030, 10009, 10036, 10200, 10650, 10653, 10668, 11193, 11393, 11917

10178, 10037, 10374, 10443, 10556

10145, 10037, 10195, 10200, 10327

SilverCrest 11037 Simpson 10178, 10030, 10011

Singer

Sinotec 10773 Sinudyne 10037, 10163, 10361 Skantic 10163 SKY 10037, 10880, 11504 Sky Brazil 10880 Sky-North 10037 Skygiant 10180

Skyworth

Sliding 10865, 10880 SLX 10668 Smaragd 10487 Soemtron 10865, 11298 Solar Drape 10000 Solavox 10037, 10163, 10361, 10548 Sole 10813 Sonawa 10218 Songba 10009 Soniko 10037 Sonitron 10208, 10217, 10370 Sonneclair 10037 Sonoko 10009, 10037, 10217, 10264 Sonolor 10163, 10208, 10361, 10548 Sontec 10009, 10037, 10370

Sony

Sound & Vision 10218, 10374 Soundesign 10180, 10178 Soundwave 10037, 10418, 10715 Sova 11952

Sowa

Soyea 10773 Spectra 10009 Spectravision 10156, 10178 Spectroniq 11498 Squareview 10171 SR2000 10154, 10171 Ssangyong 10009 SSS 10180 Staksonic 10009

Standard

Standard Components

Starlite

Stenway 10218 Stern 10163, 10264 Stevison 11982

10060, 10092, 10009, 10037, 10335, 10371, 10433, 11537

10748, 10009, 10037, 10264, 10698, 10805, 10817, 11115

10017, 10154, 11100, 10000, 10150, 10053, 10011, 10036, 10037, 10074, 10353, 10650, 11505, 11651, 11751, 11904

10156, 10051, 10060, 10178, 10092, 10036, 10226

10009, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10374, 11037

10009, 10218 10236, 10180, 10009, 10037,

10163, 10264

PRESET CODE



Strato 10009, 10037, 10264 Strong 11149, 11163 Studio Experience 10843 Stylandia 10217

Sunkai

Sunstar 10009, 10037, 10264, 10371 Sunwatt 10455 Sunwood 10037 Superla 10217 Superscan 10093, 10864, 11944 Supersonic 10009, 10208, 10455, 10805 SuperTech 10009, 10037, 10218, 10556 Supra 10178, 10009, 10374 Supreme 10000 Susumu 10218, 10287, 10335 Sutron 10009 SV2000 10054

SVA

Svasa 10455 Swisstec 10880, 11504 Sydney 10217

Sylvania

Symphonic

Synco

Syntax 11144, 11240, 11331 Sysline 10037 T+A 10447

Tacico 10178, 10092, 10009 Tai Yi 10009 Taishan 10009, 10374, 10817 Tandberg 10109, 10361, 10367 Tandy 10093, 10163, 10217, 10218 Targa 11371

Tashiko

Tatung

TCL 10706, 10698, 11027, 11537 TCM 10714, 10808

Teac

Tec

Tech Line 10037, 10668, 11163 Techica 10218 Technica 11982

10218, 10455, 10487, 10610, 10865

10748, 10587, 10865, 10870, 10871, 10872

10047, 10054, 10154, 10000, 10051, 10178, 10030, 10171, 10092, 10036, 10037, 10876, 11271, 11904, 11944 10000, 10180, 10178, 10171, 11904, 11944 10000, 10451, 10093, 10060, 10178, 10092, 10036

10092, 10036, 10163, 10170, 10217, 10650 10054, 10154, 10000, 10156, 10051, 10060, 10037, 10036, 10011, 10009, 10217, 11156, 11191, 11248, 11254, 11371, 11556, 11756

10154, 10178, 10171, 10706, 11755, 11149, 11037, 10714, 10712, 10698, 10668, 10512, 10455, 10418, 10264, 10217, 10170, 10037, 10009 10009, 10037, 10163, 10217, 10335

Technics

TechniSat 10556, 11267 Technisson 10714 Technosonic 10499, 10556 Technovox 10030, 10217 Techview 10847 Techwood 10250, 10051, 10060, 11163 Tecnimagen 10556

Teco

Tedelex

Teiron 10009 Tek 10820

Teknika

Tele System Electronic

Teleavia 10287, 10343 Telecolor 10017

Telecor

Telefunken

Telefusion 10037 Telegazi 10037, 10163, 10218, 10264 Telemeister 10037 Telesonic 10037 Telestar 10009, 10037, 10556 Teletech 10009, 10037, 10668, 11037 Teleton 10036, 10217 Televideon 10163 Teleview 10037 Tempest 10009, 10264, 10455 Tennessee 10037

Tensai

Tenson 10009 Tera 10030, 10092

Tevion

Texet 10009, 10217, 10218, 10374 Texla 10780 ThemeScene 10887 Thomas 10047, 10178, 10001, 11904

Thomson

Thorn

Thorn-Ferguson 10073, 10335, 10343, 10499

10054, 10250, 10051, 10226, 10556, 10650

10051, 10093, 10178, 10092, 10009, 10036, 10218, 10264, 10653, 11040 10009, 10208, 10217, 10418, 10606, 10698, 11537

10054, 10463, 10180, 10150, 10060, 10178, 10092

10876

10037, 10163, 10217, 10218, 10394 10702, 11504, 10821, 10820, 10819, 10714, 10712, 10698, 10625, 10587, 10560, 10498, 10486, 10346, 10343, 10335, 10287, 10109, 10074, 10073, 10037

10009, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10371, 10374, 10715, 11037

10037, 10556, 10648, 10668, 10714, 10808, 11037, 11137, 11248, 11298, 11498, 11556

11447, 10047, 10037, 10109, 10287, 10335, 10343, 10560, 10625 10035, 10036, 10037, 10073, 10074, 10109, 10163, 10264, 10335, 10343, 10361, 10499, 10512

Tiane 10093, 10817 Tiny 11269 TMK 10236, 10180, 10178 TML 11756 TNCi 10017 Tobishi 10218 Tobo 10748, 10009, 10264 Tocom 10156

Tokai

Tokaido 11037 Tokyo 10035 Tomashi 10218 Tongguang 10264 Tongtel 10587, 10780 Topline 10668, 11037

Toshiba

Totevision 10051 Towada 10217 Toyoda 10009, 10264, 10371 Toyomenka 10178 Trakton 10217, 10264 Trans Continens 10037, 10217, 10668, 11037 TRANS-continents 10556, 10865

Transonic

Triad 10218, 10556 Trident 10217 Trio 11498 Tristar 10218, 10264 Triumph 10037, 10346, 10556 Truetone 10250, 10051 Tuntex 10030, 10092, 10009 TVS 10463 TVTEXT 95 10556

Uher

Ultra 10092 Ultravox 10037, 10163, 10374 Unic Line 10037, 10455

United

Universal 10047, 10037

Universum

10009, 10037, 10163, 10217, 10374, 10668, 11037

10154, 11256, 10156, 10150, 11265, 10060, 11145, 10145, 10166, 11037, 11156, 11163, 11164, 11356, 11508, 11556, 11656, 11704, 11945, 11971, 10845, 10821, 10718, 10650, 10618, 10508, 10264, 10217, 10195, 10109, 10070, 10036, 10035, 10011, 10009

10009, 10037, 10264, 10418, 10455, 10512, 10587, 10698, 10712, 10780

10037, 10370, 10374, 10418, 10480, 10486

10037, 10587, 10714, 10715, 11037, 11982

11163, 11037, 10668, 10631, 10618, 10512, 10480, 10418, 10370, 10362, 10361, 10346, 10327, 10264, 10217, 10200, 10195, 10170, 10109, 10074, 10070, 10037, 10036, 10011, 10009

Univox 10037, 10163 V 10864, 10885, 11755, 11756

V2max 10865 V7 Videoseven 10880, 11217, 11755 Vector Research 10030

Vestel

Vexa 10009, 10037

Victor

Videocon 10508 Videologic 10218 Videologique 10217, 10218 Videomac 10009 VideoSystem 10037 Videotechnic 10217, 10374 Videoton 10163 Vidikron 10054 Vidtech 10178, 10036 Viewpia 10876

Viewsonic

Viking 10060 Viore 11207 Vision 10037, 10217, 10264

Vizio

Vortec 10037 Voxson 10178, 10037, 10163, 10418

Waltham

Wards

Warumaia 10374, 10661

Watson

Watt Radio 10163 Waycon 10156 Wega 10036, 10037 Wegavox 10009 Weipai 10009 Welltech 10714 Weltblick 10217 Welton 10178 Weltstar 11037

Westinghouse

Wharfedale 10037, 10556, 10860, 11556 White

Westinghouse Windsor 10668, 11037

Windy Sam 10556 Wintel 10714

10037, 10217, 10668, 11037, 11163

10250, 10053, 10036, 10650, 10653

10857, 10864, 10885, 11330, 11578, 11627, 11755

10864, 10885, 11755, 11756, 11758

10037, 10109, 10217, 10418, 10443, 10668, 11037 10047, 10054, 10017, 10154, 10000, 10156, 10051, 10093, 10236, 10180, 10060, 10178, 10030, 10166, 11347, 11156, 11147, 10866, 10195, 10001, 10037, 10035

10009, 10037, 10163, 10218, 10394, 10668, 10714, 11037

10000, 10451, 10885, 10889, 11282, 11577

10451, 10236, 10463, 10037, 10623, 10889, 11909

World 10451, 10236, 10463, 10180

World-of-Vision

Worldview 10455 X-View 11191

Xenius 10634, 10661

Xiahua

Xianghai 10009 Xiangyang 10264 Xiangyu 10009 Xihu 10264, 10817 Xingfu 10009 Xinghai 10264 XLogic 10698, 10860 Xoceco 11064 Xoro 11196, 11217 XR-1000 10154, 10180, 10171 Xrypton 10037 Yamaha 10030, 10650, 11576

Yamishi 10037, 10217, 10218, 10455 Yapshe 10250 Yingge 10009 Yokan 10037

Yoko

Yonggu 10009 Yorx 10030, 10218 Youlanasi 10817 Yousida 10009 Yuhang 10009 Zanussi 10163, 10217, 10264

Zenith

ZhuHai 10009, 10374

10865, 10877, 10880, 11217, 11298

10009, 10264, 10698, 10773, 10817

10009, 10037, 10217, 10218, 10264, 10370

10047, 10017, 10000, 10093, 10463, 11265, 10812, 10178, 10030, 11145, 10145, 10171, 10092, 10037, 11904, 11909, 11911

TV/DVD Combination

Advent 11933

Akai 11675 Akura 11982 Alba 11037 Amstrad 11982 Apex Digital 11943 Audiovox 11937, 11951, 11952 Axion 11937, 11958 Black Diamond 11037

Bush 10698, 11037, 11900 Centrum 11037

Crown 11037 D-Vision 11982

Denver 10587

PRESET CODE



Elfunk 11037

Ferguson 11037

Finlux 11556 Goodmans 10587, 11037, 11900

Hitachi 11960

JDV 11982

Jensen 11933 KLH 11962

Lenco 10587

Logik 11037 Luker 11982 Luxor 11037 Matsui 11037

Maxim 11982 Medion 11900 Mirror 11900 Naiko 11982

Narita 11982 Panasonic 11941

Philips 11454, 10556, 11961 Powerpoint 10698 Prima 11933 RCA 11948, 11958

Roadstar 11900 Saivod 11982

Samsung 11903 Schneider 11982 SEG 11037 Sova 11952 Stevison 11982 Sylvania 10171 Teac 10698

Technica 11982 Telefunken 10698 Thomson 10625 Transonic 10587 United 10587, 11037, 11982

Vestel 11037

TV/VCR Combination

Aiwa 11904, 11911

America Action 10180 Amstrad 10171 Audiovox 10180 Beko 10486

Black Diamond 11909 Broksonic 10463, 11911 Bush 11556 Curtis Mathes 10051

Daewoo 11909

Emerson 10236, 10463, 11909, 11911

Ferguson 10073, 10625

Fidelity 10171 Funai 11904

GoldStar 10037 Goodmans 10374, 11909 Grundig 10037, 10195, 10556 Harley Davidson 11904

Hinari 10036 Hitachi 11904 Internal 11909

JVC 11923

LG 10178

Lloyd’s 11904 Magnavox 10054, 11904

Memorex 10250 Mitsubishi 10093, 10556, 11917 Orion 10463, 11911

Palsonic 11904

Panasonic 10250, 10051 Penney 10051 Philips 10037, 10556 Quasar 10250, 10051

Radiola 10556

RadioShack 11904

RCA

Saba 10625

Samsung 11959 Sansui 10463, 11904, 11911 Schneider 10037, 10556, 11904 Sears 11904 Sharp 10093, 11917 Siemens 10037 Sony 10000, 11505, 11904 Sylvania 10054 Symphonic 11904 Teac 10178, 10171

Technics 10556 Thomas 11904 Thomson 10625 Toshiba 11971

White

Westinghouse Zenith 11904, 11909, 11911

10047, 10051, 10093, 11917, 11922

11909

TV/VCR/DVD Combination

Akai 11903

Broksonic 11938

Emerson 11944

ESA 11944

Magnavox 11944

Panasonic 11946, 11947

RCA 11953

Sharp 11917

Sylvania 11944 Symphonic 11944 Toshiba 11945

VCR

A-Mark

ABS 21972

Admiral

Adventura 20037, 20240, 20000 Aiko 20278 Aim 20278, 20348, 20642

Aiwa

Akai

Akura 20041

Alba

Alienware 21972 Allegro 20039, 21137 Allorgan 20240 Allstar 20081 America Action 20278 American High 20035, 20081 Amoisonic 20479 Amstrad 20000, 20278

Anam

Anam National 20162, 20226, 21162, 21562 Ansonic 20000 Aristona 20081 ASA 20037, 20081 Asha 20240 Astra 20035, 20240 Asuka 20037, 20081, 20000, 20038 Audiolab 20081 Audiosonic 20278 Audiovox 20037, 20278, 20038 Avis 20000 AVP 20000, 20352 Awa 20037, 20043, 20278, 20642

Baird

Basic Line 20104, 20278, 20046 Beaumark 20240 Beko 20104

Bell & Howell

20037, 20240, 20000, 20278, 20046

20060, 20048, 20039, 20047, 20104, 20121, 20209, 20479

20037, 20032, 20000, 20209, 20041, 20348, 20352, 20479, 20742, 21137 20037, 20240, 20041, 20106, 20315, 20348, 20352, 20642

20081, 20000, 20209, 20278, 20315, 20348, 20352

20162, 20037, 20240, 20278, 20226, 20480

20000, 20104, 20041, 20278, 20046, 20106

20035, 20048, 20039, 20000, 20104, 20046, 20479

Bestar 20278 Black Diamond 20642 Black Panther 20278 Blaupunkt 20162, 20081, 20226

Blue Sky

BPL 20046 Brandt 20041, 20320 Brandt Electronique 20041 Brinkmann 20209, 20348

Broksonic

Bush

Calix 20037

Candle 20037, 20038 Canon 20035 Capehart 20002 Carena 20081, 20209 Carrefour 20045 Carrera 20240 Carver 20035, 20081 Casio 20000 Cathay 20278 CCE 20278 CGE 20000, 20041 Changhong 20048, 20081 Cimline 20209 Cineral 20278 CineVision 21137

Citizen

Classic 20037 Clatronic 20000, 21593 Colortyme 20060, 20035, 20045, 20278 Colt 20000 Combitech 20352 Condor 20278 Craig 20037, 20047, 20240 Criterion 20000 Crosley 20035, 20081, 20000 Crown 20037, 20278, 20480

Curtis Mathes

Cybernex 20240 CyberPower 21972 Cyrus 20081

Daewoo

Dansai 20278 Dantax 20352 Daytron 20037, 20278

20037, 20209, 20278, 20348, 20352, 20480, 20642, 20742, 21137

20184, 20121, 20209, 20002, 20348, 20479, 21479 20081, 20000, 20209, 20278, 20315, 20348, 20352, 20642, 20742

20035, 20037, 20240, 20000, 20209, 20278, 20479, 21278

20060, 20035, 20162, 20240, 20000, 20041, 20278, 20432, 21035

20037, 20045, 20104, 20209, 20278, 20046, 20352, 20637, 20642, 21137, 21278

De Graaf

Decca

Degraff 20048, 20081, 20042, 20104 Deitron 20278 Dell 21972 Denon 20081, 20042 Derwent 20041 Diamant 20037 Diamond 20348 Digitor 20642 DirecTV 20739 Domland 20209 DSE 20642

Dual

Dumont 20081, 20000, 20104 Durabrand 20039, 20038, 20642 Dynatech 20240, 20000 Elbe 20278, 20038

Electrohome

Electrophonic 20037 Elin 20240 Elta 20278 Emerald 20184, 20121 Emerex 20032

Emerson

ESA 21137 ESC 20240, 20278 EuroLine 21593

Ferguson

Fidelity 20240, 20000, 20352, 20432

Finlandia

Finlux 20081, 20000, 20042, 20104

Firstline

Fisher

Flint 20209, 20348 Fuji 20035, 20033 Fujitsu 20037, 20045, 20000 Fujitsu General 20037 Funai 20037, 20000, 20278, 21593 Galaxi 20000

Galaxis 20278 Garrard 20000 Gateway 21972

20048, 20081, 20042, 20104, 20046 20081, 20000, 20067, 20209, 20041, 20352

20081, 20000, 20041, 20278, 20348

20060, 20037, 20240, 20000, 20043, 20209

20035, 20037, 20184, 20039, 20240, 20045, 20000, 20121, 20043, 20209, 20002, 20278, 20348, 20479, 20637, 21278, 21479, 21593

20000, 20041, 20278, 20320, 20348

20037, 20048, 20081, 20000, 20042, 20104, 20043, 20046, 20106, 20226

20037, 20045, 20042, 20043, 20209, 20278, 20348, 20480, 21137 20039, 20047, 20000, 20104, 20046

PRESET CODE

0

GEC 20081 Gemini 20060 General 20045 General Technic 20348 Genexxa 20037, 20000, 20104, 20278 Go Video 20240, 20432, 20614, 21137

GoldStar

Goodmans

GPX 20037 Gradiente 20000 Graetz 20240, 20104, 20041

Granada

Grandin

Grundig

Haaz 20348

Hanimex 20352 Hanseatic 20037, 20081, 20209, 20038 Haojie 20240 Harley Davidson 20000 Harman/Kardon 20081, 20038 Headquarter 20046 Hewlett Packard 21972 HI-Q 20035, 20047, 20000

Hinari

Hisawa 20209, 2035 Hischito 20045

Hitachi

Hoeher 20278, 20642 Hornyphon 20081 Howard Computers 21972 HP 21972

Hughes Network Systems

Humax 20739 Hush 21972

Hypson

Hytek 20047, 20000 iBUYPOWER 21972

Imperial 20000 Ingersol 20240, 20209 Interbuy 20037 Interfunk 20081, 20104 Internal 20278, 20637

20060, 20035, 20048, 20240, 20000, 20226, 20320, 20807, 21035, 21060

20035, 20037, 20039, 20000, 20209, 20278, 20038, 20225, 20226, 20480, 21137, 21237 20037, 20081, 20240, 20000, 20209, 20278, 20348, 20352, 20637, 20642, 20742

20035, 20037, 20048, 20081, 20240, 20000, 20042, 20104, 20046, 20226 20037, 20000, 20209, 20278, 20742 20081, 20226, 20320, 20347, 20348, 20352, 20742

20240, 20209, 20041, 20278, 20352

20035, 20037, 20081, 20240, 20045, 20000, 20042, 20041, 20046, 20089

20042, 20739

20037, 20000, 20209, 20278, 20352, 20480

International 20037, 20278, 20642

Intervision

Irradio 20037, 20081, 21137

ITT

ITT Nokia 20240, 20104, 20041, 20106 ITV 20037, 20278 Janeil 20240

JBL 20278 Jensen 20067, 20041 JMB 20209, 20348, 20352, 20742 Joyce 20000

JVC

Kambrook 20037

Karcher 20081, 20278, 20642 KEC 20037, 20278

Kendo

Kenwood 20067, 20041, 20038, 20046 KIC 20000 Kimari 20047

Kneissel

Kodak 20035, 20037 Kolin 20043, 20041 Kolster 20209 KTV 20000 Kuba 20047 Kuba Electronic 20047 Lenco 20278

Lifetec 20209, 20348 Linksys 21972 Lloyd’s 20240, 20000, 20038

Loewe

Logik 20240, 20000, 20209, 20106 Lumatron 20278, 21137 Lunatron 21137

Luxor

LXI 20037, 20000, 20042, 20067 M Electronic 20037, 20240, 20000, 20038

Magnadyne 20081

Magnasonic

Magnavox

Magnin 20240 Magnum 20642 Manesth 20081, 20045, 20209 Marantz 20035, 20081, 20209, 20038

20037, 20000, 20209, 20278, 20348

20240, 20104, 20041, 20046, 20106

20184, 20081, 20045, 20067, 20041, 21162

20037, 20209, 20278, 20106, 20315, 20348, 20642

20037, 20209, 20278, 20348, 20352

20037, 20240, 20045, 20000, 20042, 20209, 20278, 20038, 20225, 20480, 21137, 21237

21062, 20162, 20037, 20081, 21262, 21562

20048, 20047, 20104, 20043, 20046, 20106, 20315

20037, 20240, 20000, 20278, 21278 20035, 20037, 20048, 20039, 20081, 20240, 20000, 20226, 20618, 20642, 21593, 21781

Mark 20000, 20278 Marta 20037 Mastec 20642 Master’s 20278

Matsui

Matsushita

Media Center PC 21972 Mediator 20081 Medion 20209, 20348, 20352, 20642 MEI 20035

Memorex

Metronic 20081

Metz

MGA 20060, 20240, 20043 MGN Technology 20240 Micormay 20348 Micromaxx 20209 Microsoft 21972 Midland 20240 Migros 20000 Mind 21972 Minolta 20042

Mitsubishi

Motorola 20035, 20048 MTC 20240, 20000 MTX 20000 Multitec 20037 Multitech 20039, 20000 Murphy 20000 Myryad 20081 NAD 20240, 20104

Naiko 20348, 20642 NAP 20039 National 20226 Nebula Electronics 20033

NEC

Neckermann 20081, 20041 Nesco 20000 Neufunk 20209 Newave 20037 Nikkai 20278 Nikko 20037, 20278 Nikkodo 20037, 20278 Nishi 20240 Niveus Media 21972

20037, 20240, 20209, 20278, 20348, 20352, 20742 20035, 20162, 20081, 20226, 21162

20035, 20162, 20037, 20048, 20039, 20047, 20240, 20000, 20104, 20209, 20278, 20046, 20348, 20479, 21162, 21237, 21262

21062, 20162, 20037, 20081, 20226, 20347, 20836, 21162, 21262, 21562

20060, 20048, 20047, 20081, 20000, 20042, 20067, 20043, 20041, 20480, 20642, 20807

20035, 20037, 20048, 20104, 20067, 20041, 20278, 20038, 21137

Noblex 20240

Nokia

Nordmende 20067, 20041, 20320 Northgate 21972 Nu-Tec 20209

Oceanic

Okano 20209, 20278, 20315, 20348 Olympus 20035, 20162, 20104, 20226 Onimax 20642 Onkyo 20222

Optimus

Orion

Orson 20000 Osaki 20037, 20000 Otake 20209 Otto Versand 20081 Pace 20352

Paciﬁc 20000, 20348, 20642, 20742 Packard Bell 21972 Palladium 20037, 20209, 20041, 20348 Palsonic 20000, 20642 Panama 20035

Panasonic

Pathe Cinema 20043 Pathe Marconi 20041

Penney

Pentax 20042 Perdio 20000, 20209

Philco

Philips

Phoenix 20278 Phonola 20081 Pilot 20037 Pioneer 20162, 20081, 20042, 20067 Polk Audio 20081 Portland 20278, 20637 Presidian 21593 Prinz 20000 Proﬁtronic 20081, 20240 Proline 20000, 20278, 20320, 20642 Proscan 20060, 21060

20048, 20081, 20240, 20042, 20104, 20041, 20278, 20046, 20106, 20315

20048, 20081, 20000, 20104, 20041, 20046, 20106

21062, 20035, 20162, 20037, 20048, 20047, 20240, 20000, 20104, 20432, 21162, 21262 20184, 20240, 20000, 20104, 20121, 20209, 20002, 20278, 20348, 20352, 20479, 20742, 21479

21062, 20035, 20162, 20000, 20225, 20226, 20614, 20616, 20836, 21035, 21162, 21262, 21562

20035, 20162, 20037, 20047, 20081, 20240, 20000, 20042, 20067, 20038, 21035, 21237

20035, 20081, 20000, 20209, 20038, 20226, 20479 20035, 20162, 20048, 20081, 20045, 20000, 20209, 20226, 20616, 20618, 20739, 21081, 21181

Prosco 20278 Prosonic 20209, 20278 Protec 20000 Protech 20081 ProVision 20278 Pulsar 20039, 20240, 20278 Pulser 20240 Pye 20081, 20000 Qisheng 20060

Quarter 20046 Quartz 20035, 20047, 20046

Quasar

Quelle 20081 Radialva 20037, 20048, 20081

Radiola 20081 Radionette 20037, 21137

RadioShack

Radix 20037 Randex 20037 Rank 20041 Rank Arena 20041

RCA

Realistic

Reoc 20348 ReplayTV 20614, 20616 Rex 20041 Ricavision 21972 Rio 21137

Roadstar

Runco 20039 Saba 20041, 20278, 20320

Saisho 20209, 20348 Salora 20104, 20043, 20046, 20106 Sampo 20037, 20048

Samsung

Samtron 20240 Sanky 20048, 20039 Sansei 20048

Sansui

Sanyo

Saville 20240, 20278, 20352 SBR 20081 ScanSonic 20240

20035, 20162, 20002, 20278, 20226, 21035, 21162

20035, 20162, 20037, 20048, 20047, 20240, 20000, 20104, 20046, 21162

20060, 20035, 20048, 20240, 20045, 20000, 20042, 20106, 20226, 20320, 20807, 20880, 21035, 21060 20035, 20162, 20037, 20048, 20047, 20240, 20000, 20104, 20121, 20278, 20046, 21162

20037, 20081, 20240, 20278, 20038, 20742

20060, 20240, 20045, 20000, 20038, 20432, 20739, 21014

20240, 20000, 20067, 20209, 20041, 20002, 20106, 20348, 20479, 21479 20048, 20047, 20240, 20000, 20104, 20067, 20209, 20046, 20348, 20479, 21137

PRESET CODE



Schaub Lorenz

Schneider

Scott 20184, 20045, 20121, 20043

Sears

Seaway 20278

SEG

SEI 20081 Sei-Sinudyne 20081 Seleco 20037, 20041 Semp 20045 Sentra 20278

Sharp

Shinco 20000 Shintom 20039, 20240, 20000, 20104 Shivaki 20037 Shogun 20240

Siemens

Siera 20081

Signature

Silva 20037 Silver 20278 SilverCrest 20642 Singer 20037, 20240, 20045, 20348 Sinudyne 20081, 20209, 20352 Smaragd 20348 Sonic Blue 20614, 20616, 21137 Sonographe 20046 Sonolor 20048, 20046 Sontec 20037, 20278 Sonwa 20642

Sony

Soundmaster 20000 Soundwave 20037, 20209, 20348 Stack 9 21972 Standard 20278 Stern 20278 STS 20042 Sunkai 20209, 20278, 20348 Sunstar 20000 Suntronic 20000 Supra 20037, 20278, 20348 Susumu 20037 SV2000 20000 SVA 20000

20000, 20104, 20041, 20106, 20315, 20348 20037, 20081, 20240, 20000, 20042, 20278, 20348, 20352, 20642, 21137

20060, 20035, 20162, 20037, 20048, 20039, 20047, 20033, 20045, 20000, 20042, 20104, 20067, 20043, 20209, 20041, 21237, 20046

20081, 20240, 20278, 20637, 20642

20037, 20048, 20047, 20032, 20000, 20209, 20807

20037, 20081, 20104, 20046, 20320, 20347

20060, 20035, 20037, 20048, 20000, 20046, 20479

20035, 20048, 20047, 20032, 20033, 20000, 20067, 20046, 20106, 20226, 20636, 21232, 21972

Sylvania

Symphonic 20240, 20000, 20002, 21593 Systemax 21972 T+A 20162

Tagar Systems 21972 Taisho 20209 Tandberg 20278 Tandy 20000, 20104

Tashiko

Tatung

Tchibo 20348 TCM 20348

Teac

Technics

TechniSat 20348 Technosonic 20352

Teco

Tedelex 20037, 20209, 20348, 20642 Teknika 20035, 20037, 20000 Teleavia 20041 Telecorder 20240

Telefunken

Telerent 20226 Telestar 20037 Teletech 20000, 20278 Tensai 20037, 20000, 20278 Tevion 20209, 20348, 20479, 20642 Texet 20278 Thomas 20000, 20002

Thomson

Thorn 20037, 20104, 20041, 20320 Tisonic 20278 Tivo 20618, 20636, 20739, 21996 TMK 20240, 20000 TNIX 20037 Tocom 20240 Tokai 20037, 20104, 20041 Topline 20348

Toshiba

Tosonic 20278 Totevision 20037, 20240 Touch 21972 Toyoda 20278 Tradex 20081

20035, 20081, 20000, 20043, 21593, 21781

20037, 20048, 20081, 20240, 20000 20048, 20081, 20045, 20000, 20067, 20043, 20209, 20041, 20348, 20352

20037, 20000, 20067, 20041, 20278, 20637, 20642, 21593 20035, 20162, 20037, 20081, 20000, 20226, 21162

20035, 20037, 20048, 20041, 20038

20209, 20041, 20278, 20320, 20642

20060, 20067, 20041, 20278, 20320

20081, 20240, 20045, 20000, 20042, 20067, 20043, 20209, 20041, 20352, 20432, 20742, 20845, 21008, 21145, 21972, 21996

Triad 20278 Trix 20037 Uher 20240

Ultra 20045, 20278 Ultravox 20278 Unitech 20240 United 20348, 20742, 21593

Universum

Vector 20045

Vector Research 20184, 20038 Victor 20067, 20041 Video Concepts 20045 Video Technic 20000 Videomagic 20037 Videosonic 20240, 20000 Viewsonic 21972 Villain 20000 Voodoo 21972

Wards

Watson 20081, 20352, 20642 Weltblick 20037 Wharfedale 20642

White Westinghouse

World 20209, 20002, 20348, 20479 XR-1000 20035, 20240, 20000

Yamaha 20041, 20038

Yamishi 20278 Yoko 20037, 20240

Zenith

ZT Group 21972 ZX 20209, 20348, 20352

20037, 20081, 20240, 20000, 20104, 20209, 20106, 20348, 21137

20060, 20035, 20037, 20048, 20039, 20047, 20081, 20033, 20240, 20045, 20000, 20042, 20043, 20041, 20038, 20046, 20479

20000, 20209, 20278, 20479, 20637

20037, 20039, 20033, 20000, 20209, 20041, 20278, 20479, 20637, 21137, 21479

DBS/PVR Combination

Hughes Network

Systems Philips 20739

Samsung 20739

20739

PVR

ABS 21972

Alienware 21972 CyberPower 21972

Dell 21972

DirecTV 20739 Gateway 21972

Go Video 20614 Hewlett Packard 21972

Howard Computers 21972 HP 21972

Hughes Network Systems

Humax 20739 Hush 21972 iBUYPOWER 21972

Linksys 21972

Media Center PC 21972

Microsoft 21972 Mind 21972 Niveus Media 21972

Northgate 21972 Panasonic 20614, 20616

Philips 20618, 20739 RCA 20880

ReplayTV 20614, 20616 Samsung 20739

Sonic Blue 20614, 20616 Sony 20636, 21972 Stack 9 21972 Systemax 21972 Tagar Systems 21972

Tivo 20618, 20636, 20739 Toshiba 21008, 21972, 21996 Touch 21972 Viewsonic 21972

Voodoo 21972 ZT Group 21972

20739

TV/VCR Combination

Aiwa

Akai 20352 Alba 20352 America Action 20278 Amstrad 20000 Audiovox 20278 Beko 20104

Bestar 20278 Blue Sky 20278, 20352, 20742 BPL 20046 Broksonic 20002, 20479, 21479 Bush 20352, 20742 Citizen 20278, 21278

Curtis Mathes 20035, 21035 Daewoo 20278, 20637, 21278

Dantax 20352

Emerson

20000, 20352, 20479, 20742, 21137

20002, 20278, 20479, 20637, 21278, 21479

Ferguson 20000, 20278

Fidelity 20000 Firstline 20278 Funai 20000

GoldStar 20037, 20480, 21237 Goodmans 20278, 20352, 20637 Grandin 20278, 20742 Grundig 20081, 20347, 20352, 20742 Hanimex 20352

Harley Davidson 20000 Hinari 20352 Hitachi 20000 Hypson 20037 Internal 20278, 20637

JBL 20278

JMB 20352 Kambrook 20037

Kneissel 20278, 20352 LG 20037, 20480, 21237

Lloyd’s 20000 Loewe 20037 Magnasonic 20278, 21278

Magnavox 20081, 20000, 21781 Magnin 20240 Matsui 20352, 20742 Medion 20352

Memorex

MGA 20240 Mitsubishi 20048, 20081, 20043, 20807 Optimus 20162, 21162, 21262

Orion

Pace 20352

Paciﬁc 20742 Palsonic 20000

Panasonic

Penney

Philips 20081 Portland 20637 Quasar 20035, 20162, 21035, 21162

Radiola 20081

RadioShack 20000

RCA

Saba 20320

Samsung 20240, 20432, 21014 Sansui 20000, 20479, 21479 Sanyo 20240 Saville 20352 Schneider 20081, 20000

20060, 20035, 20048, 20240, 20807, 21035, 21060

20162, 20037, 21162, 21237, 21262

20002, 20352, 20479, 20742, 21479

20035, 20162, 21035, 21162, 21262 20035, 20037, 20240, 21035, 21237

20060, 20035, 20048, 20240, 20807, 21035, 21060

PRESET CODE



Sears 20037, 20000, 21237 SEG 20637 Sharp 20037, 20048, 20807 Shivaki 20037 Siemens 20081 Sinudyne 20352 Sony 20032, 20000, 21232 Supra 20348 Sylvania 20081, 21781 Symphonic 20000 Tatung 20352

Teac 20037, 20000, 20637, 20642 Technics 20081 Technosonic 20352 Telefunken 20278 Thomas 20000 Thomson 20278 Toshiba 20352, 20432, 20845, 21145 United 20742

White

Westinghouse Zenith 20000, 20479, 20637, 21479

20278, 20637

TV/VCR/DVD Combination

Sharp 20807

DVD Player

3D LAB 30503, 30539

4Kus 31158 A-Trend 30714

Acoustic Solutions 30713, 30730, 31228 AEG 30770, 30788, 30790, 31923 AFK 31051, 31152, 31923 Aim 30672, 30699, 30833

Airis

Aiwa 30533, 30641

Akai

Akashi 30838 AKI 31005 Akira 30699, 31321

Akura

Alba

Alco 30790 Alize 31151 All-Tel 31451 Allegro 30869 Altacom 31224

30672, 31005, 31224, 31250, 31321, 31345

30690, 30695, 30705, 30770, 30788, 30790, 30884, 30898, 30899, 31115, 31205, 31233, 31695

30898, 31051, 31140, 31233, 31367 30672, 30539, 30717, 30695, 30699, 30713, 30730, 30783, 30884, 31140, 31530, 31695

Amitech 30784, 30770, 30850 Amoi 30852

Amphion Media Works

Amstrad 30713, 30770, 31151, 31367 AMW 30872 Anam 31913 Ansonic 30759, 30774, 30831

Apex Digital

Aristona 30539, 30646 Arrgo 31023 ASCOMTEC 31923 Asono 31224 Aspire Digital 31168 Atacom 31224 Audiosonic 30690, 31923 Audiovox 30717, 30790 Audioworld 30790 Autovox 30713 Auvio 30843 Awa 30730, 30872 Axion 30730 Base 31451

Basic Line 30713 Baze 30898 BBK 30862, 31224 Beep 31163 Bellagio 31004 Belson 31086, 31923 Binatone 31923 Black Diamond 30713, 30833, 30884 Blaupunkt 30717 Blu:sens 31233, 31321

Blue Nova International

Blue Parade 30571

Blue Sky

Boghe 31004 Boman 30783, 30898, 31005 Bose 32023 Brainwave 30770, 31115 Brandt 30503, 30651, 30551 Broksonic 30695

Bush

Byd:sign 30872 C-Tech 30798, 31152

California Audio Labs Cambridge Audio 30751, 31109

Cambridge Soundworks

30872

30533, 30672, 30717, 30755, 30794, 30796, 30797, 30830, 31004, 31020, 31056, 31061

31321

30672, 30651, 30695, 30699, 30713, 30790, 30843, 31423

30672, 30717, 30690, 30699, 30713, 30723, 30730, 30831, 30833, 30884, 31051, 31140, 31483, 31695, 31832

30490

30690

Campomatic Digital 31051 Cat 30699, 30789, 31421, 31923 CCE 30730 Celestial 31020 cello 31730 Centrex 30672, 31004

Centrum

CGV 30751, 31115 Changhong 30627, 31061 Cinea 30831, 30841 Cinetec 30713, 30872 cineULTRA 30699 CineVision 30833, 30869, 31483 Citizen 30695 Clairtone 30571 Classic 30730, 31730 Clatronic 30672, 30675, 30788, 31233 Clayton 30713

Coby

Codex 31233 Commax 31321 Conia 30672, 30852, 31321 Contel 30788 Continental Edison 30831, 30872 Craig 30831 Creative 30503, 30539 Crown 30690, 30713, 30770, 31115 Crypto 31228 Curtis Mathes 31087 Cybercom 30831

CyberHome

Cytron 30651, 30705, 30774, 31347 D-Vision 31115, 31367

Daenyx 30872

Daewoo

Dalton 31036 Dansai 30770, 30783, 31115, 31695 Dantax 30539, 30713, 30723, 30790 Daytek 30872, 31005 Dayton 30872 DCE 30831 Decca 30770, 31115

Denon

Denver

Denzel 30665 Desay 30843, 31212 Dgtec 30672 Diamond 30651, 30751, 30768, 30790

30713, 30789, 31005, 31227, 31923

30730, 30852, 31086, 31321, 31923

30714, 30816, 30874, 31023, 31024, 31117, 31129, 31502

30490, 30784, 30705, 30714, 30770, 30833, 30869, 30872, 31172, 31483, 31906

30490, 30634, 31634,

[32134]

30672, 30699, 30788, 30898, 31056, 31104, 31321, 31923

Digihome 30713 DigiLogic 30713 digiRED 30717 Digitech 31832

Digitor

Digitrex 30672, 31004, 31056 DiK 30831 Dinamic 30788 Disney 30675, 30831, 31270 DiViDo 30705 DK Digital 30831 DMTech 30783, 31271 Dragon 30831 DreamX 31151 DSE 30833, 31152, 31730

Dual

Durabrand 30713, 30831, 31023, 31502 DVD2000 30521 DVX 30768 E:max 31233, 31321

EagleTec 30714 eBench 31152 ECC 30730 Eclipse 30723, 30751 Elfunk 30713, 30850, 30884 Elin 30770 Elite 31152 Ellion 30850, 31421

Elta

Eltax 31233, 31321

Emerson

Enterprise 30591 Entivo 30503, 30539 Enzer 30784, 30770, 31228 ESA 30821, 31268 EuroLine 30675, 30788, 31115, 31233 Fenner 30651

Ferguson

Finlux

Firstline

Fisher 30670 Funai 30675, 30695, 31268 Fusion 30862 Gateway 31158

GE 30522, 30815, 30717 General Electric 30717 Germatic 31051

30651, 30690, 30833, 31005, 31423

30651, 30665, 30675, 30713, 30730, 30783, 30790, 30831, 31023

30672, 30690, 30770, 30788, 30850, 31051, 31115, 31151, 31233

30591, 30675, 30705, 30821, 31268

30651, 30695, 30713, 30884, 30898, 31695, 31730 30672, 30591, 30741, 30751, 30770, 30783 30651, 30713, 30843, 30869, 31530

Global Link 31224 Global Solutions 30768 Global Sphere 31152

Go Video

GoldStar 30591, 30741, 30869

Goodmans

GP Audio 31140 GPX 30699, 30741 Gradiente 30490, 30651 Graetz 30665 Gran Prix 30831, 30898 Grandin 30713, 31233 Greenhill 30717

Grundig

Grunkel 30770, 30790, 30831

H & B

Haaz 30751, 31152 Haier 30843 Hanseatic 30741, 30783, 30790 Harman/Kardon 30582, 30702 HCM 30788 HDT 30705 HE 30730, 31163, 31923 Henss 30713 HiMAX 30843

Hitachi

Hiteker 30672, 31923

Hoeher

Home Electronics 30730, 30770 Home Tech Industries Hoyo 30665 Humax 30646 Hyundai 30783, 30850, 31061, 31228 iLo 31348

Ingelen 30788 Ingersol 31023 Initial 30839, 30717 Inno Hit 30713 Insignia 31268 Integra 30571, 30627, 31634 Irradio 30869, 31115, 31224, 31233 IRT 30783 ISP 30695 Jamo 31036

30573, 30744, 30717, 30715, 30741, 30783, 30833, 30869, 31044, 31075, 31099, 31158, 31483, 31730

30651, 30690, 30713, 30723, 30730, 30783, 30790, 30833, 31004, 31140, 31423, 31530, 31730, 31923

30539, 30651, 30551, 30670, 30686, 30695, 30705, 30713, 30775, 30790, 31004, 31036, 31695, 31730, 31832, 31920

30713, 30841, 30850, 31233, 31421

30573, 30664, 30665, 30713, 31247, 31920

30651, 30713, 30831, 31004, 31224

31224

PRESET CODE



Jaton 30665 JBL 30702 JDB 30730 JDV 31367 Jeken 30699 Jepssen 31250 JMB 30695 JNC 30672, 31271 JSI 31423

JVC

jWin 31051 Kansas Technologies 31233, 31530

Karcher 30783 Kawasaki 30790 Kendo 30672, 30699, 30713, 30831 Kennex 30713, 30770, 30898 Kenwood 30490, 30534 Kiiro 30770 Kiss 30665, 30841, 31523 KLH 30815, 30717, 30790, 31020 Kloss 30533 Koda 31230 Konka 31192 Koss 30651, 31061, 31423 Kreisen 31421 KXD 31321, 31923 Lasonic 30627, 30798, 30789

Lawson 30768 Lecson 31533 Leiker 30872

Lenco

Lenoir 31228 Lenoxx 30690, 30838 Lexia 30699, 30768

Lifetec 30651, 30831, 31347 Limit 30768, 31104 LiteOn 31058, 31158 Lodos 30713 Loewe 30539, 30511, 30741, 30885 Logik 30713, 30884 Logix 30705, 30783 Luker 31367

Lumatron

Lunatron 30741 Luxman 30573 Luxor 30713, 31004, 31695, 31730 Magnasonic 30651, 30675

Magnat 31923

30503, 30539, 30558, 30623, 30867, 31164, 31597, 31860

30651, 30699, 30713, 30770, 30774

30591, 30741, 30790, 30869, 31906

30695, 30705, 30713, 30741, 30833, 31115, 31321, 31832

Magnavox

Magnex 30723 Majestic 31345 Manhattan 30705, 30713 Marantz 30503, 30539, 30675 Mark 30713 Marquant 30770

Matsui

Maxdorf 30788 Maxent 31347 Maxim 30713, 30872, 31367 Maya 31345 MBO 30690, 30730, 31730 McIntosh 31533 MDS 30713 Mecotek 30770

Medion

MEI 30790 Memorex 30690, 30695, 30831, 31270 Metronic 30690 Metz 30525, 30571, 30713 MiCO 30723, 30751, 31223 Micromaxx 31695 Micromedia 30503, 30539 Micromega 30539, 31005 Microsoft 30522, 31708 Microstar 30831 Minato 30752 Minax 30713 Minerva 30705 Minoka 30770, 31115 Mintek 30839, 30717 Mirror 30752 Mitsubishi 31521, 30521, 30713, 31403 Mizuda 30770, 31451 Monyka 30665 MPX 30843 Mustek 30730, 31730 Mx Onda 30651, 30751, 31223 Mystral 30831 NAD 30741

Naiko 30770, 31004, 31367 Narita 31367 NEC 30741, 30869, 31404 Neovia 31271 Nesa 30717 Neufunk 30665 Nevir 30770, 30831, 31197 NexxTech 31402

30503, 30539, 30646, 30675, 30713, 30821, 30885, 31140, 31268

30672, 30651, 30695, 30713, 30884, 31004, 31695, 31730

30651, 30630, 30774, 30783, 30831, 31006, 31270, 31345, 31347, 31423

Nikkai 31923 Nintaus 31051, 31202 Niro 32024 Norcent 30872, 31923 Nordmende 30774, 30831 Noriko 30752 Nova 31923 Nowa 30843 Nu-Tec 31228 Okano 30752

Olidata 30672

Omni

Onix 30838 Onkyo 30503, 30627 Oopla 31158 Oppo 31224 Optim 30843 Optimus 30525, 30571 Orbit 30872 Orion 30695, 31233, 31695 Oritron 30651 Ormond 30713 P&B 31451

Paciﬁc

Packard Bell 30831 Palladium 30695, 30713, 31906, 31920 Palsonic 30672, 30852, 31056, 31321

Panasonic

Panda 30717, 30789, 31203 peeKTon 30898, 31224 Philco 30690, 30862

Philips

Philo 31345 Phonotrend 30699 PianoDisc 31024

Pioneer

Plu2 30850 Pointer 30784 Polaroid 31020, 31061, 31086 Polk Audio 30539 Portland 30770 Powerpoint 30872, 31005 Presidian 30675 Prima 31228 Prinz 30831 Prism 30705, 30831 Pro2 31345 ProCaster 31004

30690, 30833, 30838, 30862, 31104, 31832

30695, 30713, 30759, 30768, 30790, 30831

30503, 30490, 30571, 30703, 31362, 31462, 31490, 31579, 31762, 31834, 31905, 31908

30503, 30539, 30646, 30675, 30854, 30885, 31158, 31260, 31267, 31340, 31354

30490, 30525, 30571, 30631, 31965

Proceed 30672

Proline

Proscan 30522 Proson 30713 Prosonic 30699, 30752

ProVision

Pye 30539, 30646 QONIX 31051

Qwestar 30651 Radionette 30741, 30869, 31906, 32024

RadioShack 30571 Raite 30665

RCA

Realistic 30571 REC 30490

Redstar

Relisys 31347 Reoc 30752, 30768 Revoy 30699, 30841 Rex 30838 Richmond 31233 Rio 30869

Roadstar

Rocksonic 30789 Ronin 30872 Rotel 30558, 30623 Rowa 30717, 30759, 30872, 31004 Rownsonic 30789 Saba 30651, 3055

Sabaki 30798 Saivod 30759, 30831, 31367 Salora 30741 Sampo 30752, 31321, 31347

Samsung

Sansui

Sanyo

Scan 30705, 30850 ScanMagic 30730, 31730 ScanSonic 31695 Schaub Lorenz 30770, 30788, 31115, 31151

Schneider

Schwaiger 30752 Scientiﬁc Labs 30768

30672, 30651, 30686, 30833, 31004, 31483

30699, 30730, 31163, 31321, 31923

30522, 30571, 30717, 30790, 30822, 31022, 31132, 31769, 31913, 31965

30759, 30763, 30770, 30788, 30898, 31345, 31923

30672, 30690, 30699, 30713, 30730, 30833, 30898, 31051, 31227

30490, 30573, 30744, 30199, 30820, 30899, 31044, 31075, 31635, 31932 30784, 30695, 30751, 30763, 30768, 31051, 31228, 31230, 31695, 31832 30670, 30675, 30695, 30713, 30873, 31228

30539, 30646, 30651, 30705, 30713, 30774, 30783, 30788, 30790, 30831, 30869, 31367

Scott

Seeltech 31224, 31451

SEG

Sensory Science 31158 Shanghai 30672

Sharp

Sharper Image 31117 Sherwood 30717, 30741, 30770 Shinco 30717 Shinsonic 30533, 30839 Siemssen 31382 Sigmatek 31005, 31224 Siltex 31224 Silva 30788, 30898 Silva Schneider 30831, 30898 SilverCrest 31152 Simaudio 30885 Singer 30690, 30751, 30768 Sistemas 30672 Skantic 30539, 30713 Skymaster 30730, 30768 Skyworth 30898 Sliding 31115 Slim Art 30784 SM Electronic 30690, 30730, 30768, 31152 Smart 30705, 30713 Sonai 30755 Sonashi 30831

Sonic Blue

Sony

Sound Color 31233 Soundmaster 30768 Soundmax 30768 Soundwave 30783 Spectra 30872

Standard

Star Clusters 31152, 31227 Starlogic 31005 Starmedia 31005, 31224 Stevison 31367 Strong 30713 Sunkai 30770, 30850 Sunstech 30831 Sunwood 30788, 30898 Superscan 30821 Supervision 30768, 31152 SVA 30672, 30717, 30752, 31105

30672, 30651, 31005, 31036, 31233, 31423

30798, 30665, 30713, 30763, 30872, 30884, 31483, 31530

30630, 30675, 30713, 30752, 31256, 32015, 32024

30573, 30715, 30783, 30869, 31099 30533, 31533, 30864, 30573, 30630, 30772, 31033, 31070, 31431, 31433, 31536, 31633, 31769, 31981, 32043

30651, 30768, 30788, 30831, 30898

PRESET CODE



Sylvania 30630, 30675, 30821, 31268 Symphonic 30675, 30821, 31268 Synn 30768 Tandberg 30713, 31695

Tangent 31321 Targa 31227 Tatung 30770, 31695 Tchibo 30741 TCL 31180 TCM 30741, 30790

Teac

Tec 30898 Technica 31367, 31695 Technics 30490, 30703, 31905 Technika 30770, 30831, 31115, 31695 Technisson 31115 Technosonic 30730, 31051, 31115 Techwood 30713, 31530 Tedelex 30690, 30768, 31004, 31228

Telefunken

Teletech 30713, 30768 Tensai 30651, 30690, 30770

Tevion

Theta Digital 30571 Thomson 30522, 30511, 30551 Tivo 31503

Tokai

Tom-Tec 30789 Top Suxess 31224

Toshiba

TRANS-continents 30831, 30872, 31321, 31327 Transonic 30730 Tredex 30843 TruVision 31451 Tsinghua Tongfang 31205 TSM 31224 Umax 30690, 31151

Unimax 30770

United

Universum

Uptek 30763 upXus 31345 Urban Concepts 30503, 30539 US Logic 30839 Venturer 30790

30571, 30717, 30675, 30741, 30759, 30768, 30790, 30833, 31006, 31197, 31227

30789, 30790, 30833, 31483, 31832, 31923

30651, 30798, 30768, 30833, 30898, 31036, 31227, 31347, 31382, 31483, 31730, 31923

30784, 30665, 30788, 30790, 30898

30503, 30573, 30539, 30695, 31045, 31154, 31503, 31510, 31769

30675, 30695, 30699, 30713, 30730, 30788, 30884, 31115, 31152, 31228, 31367, 31832 30591, 30713, 30741, 30790, 30869, 31227, 31530, 31913

Vestel 30713, 30884, 31530 Victor 31597 Vieta 30705 Viewmaster 30862, 31224 Voxson 30690, 30730, 30774, 30831 Vtrek 31228 Waitec 31151, 31224, 31233

Walkvision 30717 Waltham 31530 Welkin 30831 Wellington 30713 Weltstar 30713 Wesder 30699

Wharfedale

Wilson 30831, 31233 Windsor 30713 Windy Sam 30573 WIZE 31115 Woxter 31005, 31151, 31224 Xbox 30522, 31708

Xenius 30790 XLogic 30768, 31152, 31228 XMS 30770, 30788 Xoro 31183, 31250 Yakumo 31004, 31056

Yamada

Yamaha

Yamakawa 30665, 30872, 31104 Yukai 30730, 31730

Zenith

Zeus 30784

30686, 30751, 30752, 30790, 31832

30872, 31004, 31056, 31151, 31158 30490, 30539, 30646, 30545, 31354

30503, 30591, 30741, 30869, 31906

DVD Recorder

4Kus 31158

Airis 31321

Akira 31321 Alba 31530 Apex Digital 31056 Aristona 30646 Aspire Digital 31168 Belson 31086

Cat 31421

cello 31730 Centrum 31227 Classic 31730 Coby 31086 Commax 31321 Conia 31321 CyberHome 31129, 31502

Cytron 31347 Denon 30490

Denver 31056 Digitrex 31056 DSE 31730 Durabrand 31502 E:max 31321

Ellion 31421 Eltax 31321 Emerson 30675 Ferguson 31730

Firstline 31530 Funai 30675 Gateway 31158

Go Video 30741, 31158, 31730 Goodmans 31530, 31730 GPX 30741 Grundig 31730 H & B 31421

Humax 30646 iLo 31348

JVC 31164, 31597

Kansas Technologies 31530

Kreisen 31421 KXD 31321 LG 30741

Lifetec 31347 LiteOn 31158 Loewe 30741 Lumatron 31321 Luxor 31730 Magnavox 30646, 30675

Matsui 31730 Maxent 31347 MBO 31730 Medion 31347 MiCO 30751 Mitsubishi 31403 Mustek 31730 NEC 31404

Oopla 31158

Palsonic 31056, 31321

Panasonic 30490, 31579 Philips 30646, 31158 Pioneer 30631 Polaroid 31086 ProVision 31321 Pye 30646 RCA 30522

Relisys 31347 Roadstar 31227

Sampo 31347

Samsung 30490, 31635 ScanMagic 31730 Schneider 30646 SEG 31530 Sensory Science 31158 Sharp 30630, 30675

Sony

Star Clusters 31227 Sylvania 30675 Tangent 31321

Targa 31227 Teac 31227 Techwood 31530 Tevion 31227, 31347, 31730 Thomson 30551 Toshiba 31510 Universum 31227, 31530

Vestel 31530

Victor 31597 Waltham 31530

Yakumo 31056

Yamada 31056, 31158 Yamaha 30646 Yukai 31730 Zenith 30741

31033, 31070, 31431, 31433, 31536

TV/DVD Combination

Akai 30695

Akura 31367 Alba 30695, 30884 Amstrad 31367 Apex Digital 30830 Black Diamond 30713, 30884

Broksonic 30695 Bush 30713, 30884 Centrum 30713

Citizen 30695 Crown 30713 D-Vision 31367

DMTech 31271 Elfunk 30713, 30884

Emerson 30675, 31268 ESA 31268 Ferguson 30695, 30713, 30884

Funai 31268 Goodmans 30713

Grandin 30713 Grundig 30539, 30695 Hitachi 31247

Insignia 31268

JDV 31367

JNC 31271 Konka 31192

Logik 30713, 30884

Luker 31367 Luxor 30713 Magnavox 31268

Matsui 30713, 30884 Maxim 31367 Naiko 31367

Narita 31367 Neovia 31271 Orion 30695

Paciﬁc 30695

Panasonic 31490 Philips 30539, 30854, 31260 RCA 31022

Saivod 31367

Samsung 30899 Sansui 30695 Schneider 31367 SEG 30713, 30884 Sliding 31115 Stevison 31367 Sylvania 30630, 30675, 31268 Technica 31367

Thomson 30551 Toshiba 30695 United 30713, 30884, 31367

Universum 30713 Vestel 30884

TV/VCR Combination

Thomson 30551

TV/VCR/DVD Combination

Akai 30899

Emerson 30821

ESA 30821 Magnavox 30821

Panasonic 31362, 31462

RCA 31132

Sharp 30630

Superscan 30821 Sylvania 30821 Symphonic 30821 Toshiba 31045

PRESET CODE



DVD preset codes / Codes préréglés DVD

32134 (default / défaut) 30490

DVD-555 DVD-755 DVD-900 DVD-910 DVD-955 DVD-1000 DVD-1200 DVD-1500 DVD-1710 DVD-1910 DVD-1930CI DVD-2200 DVD-2800

DENON Model No. / Modéle numéro

DVD-2800g DVD-2900

DVD-2910 DVD-2930CI DVD-3800 DVD-3910 DVD-3930CI DVD-5900 DVD-5910 DVD-9000 DVM-715 DVM-1800 DVM-1805 DVM-1815 DVM-2815 DVM-4800

DVD-800 DVD-1600 DVD-2000 DVD-2500 DVD-3000 DVD-3300

[ ]z: Preset codes set upon shipment

from the factory.

[ ]z: Les codes préréglés différent en

fonctiom des livraison de l’usine.

PRESET CODE



TOKYO, JAPAN

www.denon.com

Denon Brand Company, D&M Holdings Inc.

Printed in Japan 00D 511 4666 005

Denon AVR-2808CI User Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual